DOC-03626 Rev9 (RMH07 Technical Manual)

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Technical Description RMH07 Series Optical Transmission Equipment

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Page 1 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 2 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table of Contents

1

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................14 1.1

2

Related Documents......................................................................................................................................14 Safety...........................................................................................................................................................14

2.1

Laser Safety Labels .....................................................................................................................................14

2.2

Miscellaneous Labels ..................................................................................................................................16

2.3

Cable Break Condition ................................................................................................................................18

2.4

Safety Installation Notice ............................................................................................................................18

2.5

ESD Precaution ...........................................................................................................................................20

2.6

Class A ITE .................................................................................................................................................20

3

RMH07 Equipment Suite ............................................................................................................................21 3.1

RMH07 Equipment Overview.....................................................................................................................21

3.2

Optical Transmission Technology...............................................................................................................24

4

RMH07 Subrack..........................................................................................................................................26 4.1

Mounting Requirements ..............................................................................................................................26

4.2

Mechanical Specification ............................................................................................................................27

4.3

Electrical Specification................................................................................................................................30

4.4

Subrack Functionality..................................................................................................................................31

4.5

RMH07 Equipment Configuration ..............................................................................................................34

4.6

Backplane ....................................................................................................................................................36

5

Electrical Interface ......................................................................................................................................44 5.1

Power Interface ...........................................................................................................................................44

5.2

Craft Terminal Interface ..............................................................................................................................46

5.3

Loss of Fiber Integrity Interface..................................................................................................................47

5.4

Alarm Interface ...........................................................................................................................................48

5.5

User Channel and Network Management Interface ....................................................................................50

6

System Operation ........................................................................................................................................52 6.1

Introduction .................................................................................................................................................52

6.2

Optical Budget Calculations........................................................................................................................52

6.3

Fiber Integrity Monitoring (FIM)................................................................................................................54

6.4

Equipment Management..............................................................................................................................64

7

PIU Description...........................................................................................................................................67 7.1

PIU General Information.............................................................................................................................67

7.2

Transponder (RMH07-OTM16 / RMH07-OTM4) .....................................................................................70

7.3

Transponder (RMH07-OTM64)..................................................................................................................80

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 3 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.4

Optical Booster Narrowband with Dual OSC IN port (RMH07-Pxx-Cn) ..................................................90

7.5

Optical Booster (RMH07-P24F-Cn, -P24F-Cn-S) ......................................................................................99

7.6

Optical Booster (RMH07-PYxxF-Cn-S)...................................................................................................110

7.7

Optical Preamplifier for Single Channel (RMH07-R35) ..........................................................................117

7.8

Optical Preamplifier Wideband (RMH07-R35W/R35W-C5)...................................................................124

7.9

RMH07 High Power Optical Pre-Amplifier (RMH07-RxxF)...................................................................132

7.10

Raman Pump Unit (RMH07-LDP-500-14xx-Cx-Iy) ................................................................................141

7.11

Optical Monitoring Unit (RMH07-OMU-xx-yy)......................................................................................152

7.12

Multi-mode & Single-mode Laser Units (RMH07-MLU, -SLU and -PLU).............................................157

7.13

MLD Raman Co-Pump Laser Combiner Unit (RMH07-LCU-MLD-750-1426/1453-C6 & -10001414/1434/1454-C6) .................................................................................................................................167

7.14

Raman Converter Unit (RMH07-RCU-RFL-1454-Cn-Iy & RCU-RFL-1426/1454-S2-Cn-Iy) ...............175

7.15

Conventional ROPA Pump Raman Converter Unit (RMH07-RCU-RFL -XX00-148x-C6-Iy) ...............182

7.16

Super Raman Converter Unit (RCU-SRP-xx00-1454-S2-C5-Iy & -SRP-xx00-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy)....188

7.17

Cascaded ROPA Pump Converter Unit (RMH07-RCU-CRP-xx00-1420/1485-S2-C6-Iy)......................195

7.18

Optical De-multiplexer (RMH07-DEMUX-8)..........................................................................................202

7.19

Optical Multiplexer (RMH07-MUX-8).....................................................................................................204

7.20

Add/Drop Optical Multiplexer (RMH07-ADMUX-4)..............................................................................206

7.21

Optical Supervisory Unit Card (RMH07-OSU/xxxx) ...............................................................................208

7.22

Power Control Unit (RMH07-PCU)..........................................................................................................215

7.23

Alarm Signalling Unit (RMH07-ASU) .....................................................................................................220

7.24

Environmental Control Unit (RMH07-ECU)............................................................................................226

7.25

Power Line Filter (RMH07-PLF)..............................................................................................................228

8

Glossary & Acronyms ...............................................................................................................................230

9

Environmental Specification .....................................................................................................................233 9.1

Climatic Specification ...............................................................................................................................233

9.2

Mechanical Resistance Specification ........................................................................................................233

9.3

EMC Specification ....................................................................................................................................233

10

Product Compliance ..................................................................................................................................234

10.1

Environmental Standards ..........................................................................................................................234

10.2

Safety Standards ........................................................................................................................................234

11

RoHS .........................................................................................................................................................235

11.1

Introduction ...............................................................................................................................................235

11.2

Relevant Exemptions Designated in the RoHS Directive .........................................................................235

11.3

MPBC Telecommunications Equipment RoHS Compliance Position and Policy....................................236

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

11.4

Page 4 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

China .........................................................................................................................................................236

12

WEEE........................................................................................................................................................237

13

Alarm Cable (W-01515)............................................................................................................................238

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 5 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table of Figures

Figure 1 – Typical RMH Rack Arrangement .............................................................................................................26 Figure 2 – RMH07-Subrack Physical Dimensions.....................................................................................................27 Figure 3 – RMH07-Subrack as supplied for mounting in a “mid-mount” ETSI equipment rack...............................28 Figure 4 – RMH07- Subrack as supplied for mounting in a 23-inch ANSI equipment rack......................................29 Figure 5 – RMH07 Subrack........................................................................................................................................31 Figure 6 – Fan Shelf ...................................................................................................................................................32 Figure 7 – Card Shelf Sub-Locations .........................................................................................................................33 Figure 8 – Cable Shelf ................................................................................................................................................34 Figure 9 – RMH07 Configuration with ROPA Pump, Transponder and EDFAs.......................................................35 Figure 10 – RMH07 with Super Raman, Transponder and EDFAs ...........................................................................35 Figure 11 – RMH07 with Super Raman and EYDFA ................................................................................................36 Figure 12 – RMH07 with OTMs and EDFAs.............................................................................................................36 Figure 13 – Power Distribution ..................................................................................................................................37 Figure 14 – Fault Indication Distribution ...................................................................................................................38 Figure 15 – Board Presence Distribution....................................................................................................................39 Figure 16 – Reset Control Distribution.......................................................................................................................40 Figure 17 – Analog Monitoring Distribution..............................................................................................................41 Figure 18 – I2C Bus Distribution ................................................................................................................................42 Figure 19 – CAN Bus Distribution .............................................................................................................................43 Figure 20 – Electrical Cable Connections ..................................................................................................................44 Figure 21 – Power Feed Connections ........................................................................................................................45 Figure 22 – Chassis Ground Connection ....................................................................................................................45 Figure 23 – Loss Of Lock Cable Diagram..................................................................................................................48 Figure 24 – Network management connections..........................................................................................................51 Figure 25 – System diagram for a typical 1+1 link ....................................................................................................52 Figure 26 – Co–Directional OSC................................................................................................................................55 Figure 27 – OSC Loop Reference Points....................................................................................................................59 Figure 28 – Fiber Break Scenario ...............................................................................................................................62 Figure 29 – Cable Break Scenario ..............................................................................................................................63 Figure 30 – Local Management Overview .................................................................................................................64 Figure 31 – Remote Management through OTM16 User Channel.............................................................................65 Figure 32 – Remote Management through WAN.......................................................................................................66 Figure 33 – RMH07 Power Distribution Scheme.......................................................................................................67 Figure 34 – RMH07 Turn On/Off Voltage Limit .......................................................................................................68 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 6 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Figure 35 – Status lights on RMH07 modules............................................................................................................69 Figure 36 – OTM Module...........................................................................................................................................72 Figure 37 – OTM16-FEC Functional Block Diagram................................................................................................73 Figure 38 – LED indicators on the RMH07-OTMxx .................................................................................................75 Figure 39 – OTM Module...........................................................................................................................................82 Figure 40 – OTM64 Functional Block Diagram.........................................................................................................83 Figure 41 – LED indicators on the RMH07-OTM64 .................................................................................................85 Figure 42 – Pxx-C5 Functional Block Diagram .........................................................................................................92 Figure 43 – Pxx-C6 Functional Block Diagram .........................................................................................................92 Figure 44 – LED indicators on the RMH07-Pxx-Cn Booster Amplifier ....................................................................94 Figure 45 – RMH07-Pxx-Cn Unit ..............................................................................................................................98 Figure 46 – RMH07-P24F-C5 Functional Block Diagram.......................................................................................101 Figure 47 – RMH07-P24F-C6 Functional Block Diagram.......................................................................................101 Figure 48 – LED indicators on the RMH07-P24F-Cn Booster Amplifier................................................................103 Figure 49 – RMH07-P24F-Cn Booster Amplifier PIU.............................................................................................109 Figure 50 – RMH07-PYCU for 33 dBm Booster Amplifier ....................................................................................111 Figure 51 – PY33F-S PYCU Optical Diagram.........................................................................................................113 Figure 52 – R35 Functional Block Diagram.............................................................................................................119 Figure 53 – LED indicators on the R35 ....................................................................................................................119 Figure 54 – R35 Unit ................................................................................................................................................123 Figure 55 – RMH07-R35W Functional Block Diagram...........................................................................................126 Figure 56 – LED indicators on the RMH07-R35W..................................................................................................127 Figure 57 – RMH07-R35W-C5 PIU.........................................................................................................................131 Figure 58 – RMH07-RxxF Functional Block Diagram ............................................................................................134 Figure 59 – LED indicators on the RMH07-RxxF ...................................................................................................135 Figure 60 – RMH07-RxxF Preamplifier PIU ...........................................................................................................140 Figure 61 – RMH07-LDP-500-14xx PIU .................................................................................................................143 Figure 62 – LDP-500 Block Diagram.......................................................................................................................144 Figure 63 – LDP-500 Optical Diagram ....................................................................................................................145 Figure 64 – RMH07-LDP-500 Visual Indicators .....................................................................................................147 Figure 65 – RMH07-OMU-IN-C6 PIU ....................................................................................................................152 Figure 66 – RMH07-OMU-IN-C6 Functional Bock Diagram .................................................................................153 Figure 67 - RMH07-OMU-EX-C5 PIU....................................................................................................................153 Figure 68 - RMH07-OMU-EX-C5 Functional Block Diagram................................................................................154 Figure 69 – RMH07-MLU/SLU/PLU Card..............................................................................................................161 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 7 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Figure 70 – XLU functional block diagram..............................................................................................................161 Figure 71 – XLU visual indicators ...........................................................................................................................163 Figure 72 - RMH07-LCU for Dual-Wavelength MLD ............................................................................................168 Figure 73 – Three-Wavelength MLD LCU Optical Diagram...................................................................................170 Figure 74 – RMH07-RCU for Dual-Wavelength RFL .............................................................................................176 Figure 75 – Dual-wavelength RFL RCU Optical Diagram ......................................................................................178 Figure 76 – RMH07-RCU for ROPA Pump Raman Fiber Laser .............................................................................183 Figure 77 – RFL ROPA Pump RCU Optical Diagram.............................................................................................185 Figure 78 – RMH07-RCU for SRP...........................................................................................................................189 Figure 79 – Typical RCU-SRP Optical Diagram .....................................................................................................191 Figure 80 – RMH07-RCU for CRP ..........................................................................................................................196 Figure 81 – Typical RCU-CRP Optical Diagram .....................................................................................................198 Figure 82 – RMH07-DEMUX-8...............................................................................................................................202 Figure 83 – RMH07-MUX-8....................................................................................................................................204 Figure 84 – RMH07-ADMUX-4 ..............................................................................................................................206 Figure 85 – OSU Block Diagram .............................................................................................................................209 Figure 86 – RMH07-OSU/1574 Unit .......................................................................................................................210 Figure 87 – LED indicators on the OSU...................................................................................................................211 Figure 88 – RMH07-PCU Block Diagram ...............................................................................................................216 Figure 89 – RMH07-PCU.........................................................................................................................................217 Figure 90 – LED indicators on the RMH07-PCU ....................................................................................................218 Figure 91 – ASU functional interfaces .....................................................................................................................221 Figure 92 – RMH07-ASU Card................................................................................................................................221 Figure 93 – ASU Visual Alarm Indication ...............................................................................................................223 Figure 94 – Environmental Control Unit (ECU) ......................................................................................................226 Figure 95 – Power Line Filter (PLF) ........................................................................................................................228

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 8 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table of Tables

Table 1-1 – Relevant Documents................................................................................................................................14 Table 2-1 – Other Symbols Used on the Equipment ..................................................................................................16 Table 2-2 – RMH07 High Power Optical Radiation Sources.....................................................................................18 Table 3-1 – RMH07 Equipment Suite ........................................................................................................................21 Table 3-2 – RMH07 Subrack Support and Control PIUs ...........................................................................................23 Table 3-3 – Support Equipment/Software ..................................................................................................................24 Table 4-1 – Subrack Weight .......................................................................................................................................29 Table 4-2 – Subrack Maximum Electrical Specification ............................................................................................30 Table 5-1 – Electrical Cable Interface ........................................................................................................................44 Table 5-2 – Power Interface........................................................................................................................................45 Table 5-3 – Available Power Feed Cables W-02255 rev.3.........................................................................................46 Table 5-4 – Available Power Feed Cables W-02255 rev.4.........................................................................................46 Table 5-5 – Available Ground Cable ..........................................................................................................................46 Table 5-6 – Craft Interface Pinout (VB1) ...................................................................................................................46 Table 5-7 – Craft Wiring Table ..................................................................................................................................47 Table 5-8 – LOS OSC Interface Pinout (VB2)...........................................................................................................47 Table 5-9 – LOS OSC Cable Wiring Table ................................................................................................................47 Table 5-10 – Alarm Interface Pinout (VB5) ...............................................................................................................48 Table 5-11 – Auxiliary Interface Pin-out (VB3/VB4) ................................................................................................51 Table 6-1 – Transmitter component maximum gain contributions.............................................................................53 Table 6-2 – Receiver Sensitivity Improvements.........................................................................................................53 Table 6-3 – Optical Link Budget @ 622Mbps ...........................................................................................................54 Table 7-1 – Line laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OTMxx.......................................................................71 Table 7-2 – Trib laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OTMxx .......................................................................71 Table 7-3 – RMH07-OTMxx Visual Indicators .........................................................................................................75 Table 7-4 – RMH07-OTMxx Alarm Table ................................................................................................................76 Table 7-5 – OTMxx Electrical Specification..............................................................................................................78 Table 7-6 – OTMxx Optical Specification .................................................................................................................78 Table 7-7 – OTMxx Physical Specification................................................................................................................78 Table 7-8 – OTMxx Environmental Specification .....................................................................................................79 Table 7-9 – OTMxx Reliability Specification ............................................................................................................79 Table 7-10 – OTMxx Optical Connectors and Labels................................................................................................79 Table 7-11 – Line laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OTM64.....................................................................81 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 9 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-12 – Trib laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OTM64 .....................................................................81 Table 7-13 – RMH07-OTM64 Visual Indicators .......................................................................................................85 Table 7-14 – RMH07-OTM64 Alarm Table ..............................................................................................................86 Table 7-15 – OTM64 Electrical Specification............................................................................................................88 Table 7-16 – OTM64 Optical Specification ...............................................................................................................88 Table 7-17 – OTM64 Physical Specification..............................................................................................................88 Table 7-18 – OTM64 Environmental Specification ...................................................................................................89 Table 7-19 – OTM64 Reliability Specification ..........................................................................................................89 Table 7-20 – OTM64 Optical Connectors and Labels................................................................................................89 Table 7-21 – Laser on/mute/off control conditions for RMH07-Pxx-Cn ...................................................................90 Table 7-22 – RMH07-Pxx-C5 Visual Indicators ........................................................................................................94 Table 7-23 – RMH07-Pxx-Cn Alarm Table ...............................................................................................................95 Table 7-24 – Pxx-Cn Electrical Specification ............................................................................................................96 Table 7-25 – Pxx-Cn Optical Specification ................................................................................................................96 Table 7-26 – Pxx-Cn Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................96 Table 7-27 – Pxx-Cn Environmental Specification ....................................................................................................97 Table 7-28 – Pxx-Cn Reliability Specification...........................................................................................................97 Table 7-29 – Pxx-Cn Optical Connectors and Labels ................................................................................................97 Table 7-30 – Laser on/mute/off control conditions for RMH07-P24F-Cn .................................................................99 Table 7-31 – RMH07-P24F-Cn Visual Indicators....................................................................................................103 Table 7-32 – RMH07-P24F-Cn Alarm Table...........................................................................................................104 Table 7-33 – P24F-Cn Electrical Specification ........................................................................................................105 Table 7-34 – P24F-Cn Optical Specification............................................................................................................105 Table 7-35 – P24F-Cn-S Optical Specification ........................................................................................................106 Table 7-36 – P24F-Cn Environmental Specification................................................................................................107 Table 7-37 – P24F-Cn Reliability Specification.......................................................................................................107 Table 7-38 – P24F-Cn Physical Specification ..........................................................................................................107 Table 7-39 – P24F-Cn Optical Connectors and Labels ............................................................................................107 Table 7-40 – PYCU Electrical Specification ............................................................................................................114 Table 7-41 – Optical Specification for PYxxF-S series Booster Amplifiers ............................................................114 Table 7-42 – PYCU Physical Specification..............................................................................................................115 Table 7-43 – PYCU Environmental Specification....................................................................................................116 Table 7-44 – PYCU Reliability Specification ..........................................................................................................116 Table 7-45 – PYCU Optical Connectors and Labels ................................................................................................116 Table 7-46 – Laser on/off control conditions for R35 ..............................................................................................117 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 10 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-47 – R35 Optical Interface Description.......................................................................................................119 Table 7-48 – R35 Visual Indicators..........................................................................................................................119 Table 7-49 – R35 Alarm Table .................................................................................................................................120 Table 7-50 – R35 Electrical Specification ................................................................................................................120 Table 7-51 – R35 Optical Specification ...................................................................................................................121 Table 7-52 – R35 Physical Specification..................................................................................................................121 Table 7-53 – R35 Environmental Specification........................................................................................................122 Table 7-54 – R35 Reliability Specification ..............................................................................................................122 Table 7-55 – R35 Optical Connectors and Labels ....................................................................................................122 Table 7-56 – Laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-R35W-C5 ......................................................................124 Table 7-57 – R35W Optical Interface Description ...................................................................................................126 Table 7-58 – RMH07-R35W Visual Indicators........................................................................................................126 Table 7-59 – RMH07-R35W Alarm Table...............................................................................................................127 Table 7-60 – R35W Electrical Specification ............................................................................................................128 Table 7-61 – R35W Optical Specification................................................................................................................128 Table 7-62 – R35W Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................129 Table 7-63 – R35W Environmental Specification....................................................................................................129 Table 7-64 – R35W Reliability Specification...........................................................................................................129 Table 7-65 – R35W Optical Connectors and Labels ................................................................................................130 Table 7-66 – Laser on/mute/off control conditions for RMH07-RxxF ....................................................................132 Table 7-67 – RMH07-RxxF Visual Indicators .........................................................................................................135 Table 7-68 – RMH07-RxxF Alarm Table ................................................................................................................136 Table 7-69 – RxxF Electrical Specification..............................................................................................................137 Table 7-70 – R15F/R17F Optical Specification .......................................................................................................137 Table 7-71 – RxxF Physical Specification................................................................................................................138 Table 7-72 – RxxF Environmental Specification .....................................................................................................138 Table 7-73 – RxxF Reliability Specification ............................................................................................................138 Table 7-74 – RxxF Optical Connectors and Labels..................................................................................................139 Table 7-75 – Laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-LDP-500-14xx ..............................................................141 Table 7-76 – RMH07-LDP-500 Visual Indicators ...................................................................................................147 Table 7-77 – RMH07-LDP-500 Alarm Table ..........................................................................................................148 Table 7-78 – LDP-500 Electrical Specification........................................................................................................149 Table 7-79 – LDP-500-14xx Optical Specification ..................................................................................................149 Table 7-80 – LDP-500 Physical Specification..........................................................................................................150 Table 7-81 – LDP-500 Environmental Specification ...............................................................................................150 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 11 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-82 – LDP-500 Reliability Specification ......................................................................................................150 Table 7-83 – LDP-500 Optical Connectors and Labels............................................................................................150 Table 7-84 - RMH07-OMU-IN-C6 Optical Interface Description...........................................................................154 Table 7-85 – RMH07-OMU-EX-C5 Optical Interface Description .........................................................................155 Table 7-86 – RMH07-OMU-xx-yy Electrical Specification ....................................................................................155 Table 7-87 – RMH07-OMU-xx-yy Optical Specification........................................................................................155 Table 7-88 – RMH07-OMU-xx-yy Physical Specification ......................................................................................156 Table 7-89 – RMH07-OMU-xx-yy Environmental Specification............................................................................156 Table 7-90 – RMH07-OMU-xx-yy Reliability Specification...................................................................................156 Table 7-91 – RMH07-OMU-xx-yy Optical Connectors and Labels ........................................................................156 Table 7-92 – Laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-MLU..............................................................................159 Table 7-93 – Laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-SLU and PLU................................................................159 Table 7-94 – XLU Visual Indicators ........................................................................................................................163 Table 7-95 – MLU & SLU & PLU Alarm Table......................................................................................................163 Table 7-96 – MLU/SLU/PLU Electrical Specification ............................................................................................165 Table 7-97 – MLU2000 Optical Specification .........................................................................................................165 Table 7-98 – SLU-140/1485 Optical Specification ..................................................................................................165 Table 7-99 – SLU-170/1454 Optical Specification ..................................................................................................165 Table 7-100 – SLU- 220/1426 Optical Specification ...............................................................................................165 Table 7-101 – SLU- 360/1414 Optical Specification ...............................................................................................165 Table 7-102 – SLU- 360/1426 Optical Specification ...............................................................................................166 Table 7-103 - SLU- 360/1434 Optical Specification ................................................................................................166 Table 7-104 – SLU-360/1453 Optical Specification ................................................................................................166 Table 7-105 – SLU-360/1454 Optical Specification ................................................................................................166 Table 7-106 – SLU-360/1485 Optical Specification ................................................................................................166 Table 7-107 – PLU-360/1454 Optical Specification ................................................................................................166 Table 7-108 – MLU/SLU/PLU Physical Specification ............................................................................................166 Table 7-109 - Electrical Specification ......................................................................................................................171 Table 7-110 – LCU Optical Specification for Three-Wavelength MLD Raman Co-Pump .....................................171 Table 7-111 - LCU Optical Specification for Two-Wavelength MLD Raman Co-Pump ........................................172 Table 7-112 - LCU Physical Specification ...............................................................................................................173 Table 7-113 - LCU Optical Connectors and Labels .................................................................................................174 Table 7-114 – RCU Electrical Specification ............................................................................................................179 Table 7-115 – RCU Optical Specification ................................................................................................................179 Table 7-116 – RCU Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................180 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 12 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-117 – RCU Optical Connectors and Labels ................................................................................................181 Table 7-118 – RCU Electrical Specification ............................................................................................................186 Table 7-119 – RCU Optical Specification ................................................................................................................186 Table 7-120 – RCU Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................187 Table 7-121 – RCU Optical Connectors and Labels ................................................................................................187 Table 7-122 – RCU Electrical Specification ............................................................................................................192 Table 7-123 – SRP Optical Specification .................................................................................................................192 Table 7-124 – RCU Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................193 Table 7-125 – RCU Optical Connectors and Labels ................................................................................................194 Table 7-126 – RCU Electrical Specification ............................................................................................................199 Table 7-127 – CRP Optical Specification.................................................................................................................199 Table 7-128 – RCU Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................200 Table 7-129 – RCU Optical Connectors and Labels ................................................................................................200 Table 7-130 – DEMUX-8 Optical Specification ......................................................................................................203 Table 7-131 – DEMUX-8 Physical Specification ....................................................................................................203 Table 7-132 – MUX-8 Optical Specification............................................................................................................205 Table 7-133 – MUX-8 Physical Specification..........................................................................................................205 Table 7-134 – ADMUX-4 Optical Specification......................................................................................................207 Table 7-135 – ADMUX-4 Physical Specification ....................................................................................................207 Table 7-136 – Laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OSU ............................................................................208 Table 7-137 – OSU Visual Indicators.......................................................................................................................211 Table 7-138 – OSU Alarm Table..............................................................................................................................212 Table 7-139 – OSU Electrical Specification.............................................................................................................213 Table 7-140 – OSU Optical Specification ................................................................................................................213 Table 7-141 – OSU Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................213 Table 7-142 – OSU Optical Connectors and Labels.................................................................................................214 Table 7-143 – RMH07-PCU Visual Indicators ........................................................................................................217 Table 7-144 – RMH07-PCU Alarm Table ...............................................................................................................218 Table 7-145 – PCU Electrical Specification.............................................................................................................219 Table 7-146 – PCU Physical Specification...............................................................................................................219 Table 7-147 – RMH07-ASU Visual Indicators ........................................................................................................222 Table 7-148 – High Power Unit (HPU) LED status .................................................................................................223 Table 7-149 – RMH07-ASU Alarm Table ...............................................................................................................224 Table 7-150 – ASU Electrical Specification.............................................................................................................225 Table 7-151 – ASU Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................225 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 13 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-152 – ECU Electrical Specification.............................................................................................................227 Table 7-153 – ECU Physical Specification ..............................................................................................................227 Table 7-154 – PLF Electrical Specification..............................................................................................................229 Table 7-155 – PLF Physical Specification................................................................................................................229

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 14 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

1 Introduction This is the Technical Description Manual for the RMH07 Long Reach Transport Series Equipment from MPB Communications Inc. Notes: This manual covers RMH07 operations with CT Version 5.10.0.0 software and higher.

1.1 Related Documents Table 1-1 – Relevant Documents RMH07 Operations Manual RMH07 Installation and Maintenance Manual RMH07 ADF Installation Instructions EMS Deluxe Operation Manual

2 Safety 2.1 Laser Safety Labels The RMH07 optical radiation sources listed in Table 3-1 provide optical outputs whose maximum output power under worst-case single fault conditions can be broken down into five categories: 1) Hazard Level 1 outputs in the 1276-1620 nm range with accessible power levels ≤10 mW (the output Monitor port of amplifiers, the Trib Out port of the RMH07-OTM units and both the Monitor and Signal Out ports of Raman pump laser sources). The optical connectors of these ports are marked with the emission warning label shown below.

2) Hazard Level 1M outputs in the 1520- 1620 nm range with accessible power levels >10 mW but ≤136 mW (the Signal Out port of booster amplifiers RMH07-P1x and P1xF and preamplifiers RMH07-R35-Cn, R35W, R15F and R17F, the Line Out port of the RMH07-OTM units and the OSC Out port of the RMH07-OSU units). The signal input connectors on the amplifier and preamplifier PIUs are marked with the emission warning label, while all the above output connectors carry both the emission warning label and the explanatory label, an example of which is shown below. CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1M DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 135mW λ:1520-1570nm IEC 60825-2:2007

3)

Class 3B outputs in the 1520 – 1570 nm and 14xx nm ranges with connectorized output ports and in-fiber powers >115 mW but ≤ 500 mW (the Signal Out port of booster amplifiers RMH07-P2x and -P2xF and the output of all RMH07-SLU units). These sources are subject to Automatic Power Reduction or Automatic Laser Shutdown in the event of a broken fiber or open connector

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 15 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

and therefore, as used in the RMH07-series equipment, they present only a Class 1M or Class 1 hazard level, respectively. Although the P2x/P2xF amplifiers themselves are shutdown in the event of a broken fiber or open connector, the OSC signal remains at the output port, resulting in a Hazard Level 1M at the output connector. The input and output connectors of the amplifiers are marked with the emission warning label and the output connector of both units also carries the explanatory label shown below. CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1M DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 80 mW λ:1574-1620 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

The output of all the SLU PIUs (which are subject to ALS) is carried via a connectorized fiber pigtail to the front panel of the Raman Converter Unit as shown in Figure 4. The Seed Input connectors on the RCU front panel are marked with both the emission warning label and the explanatory shown below. CAUTION: INVISIBLE CLASS 3B LASER RADIATION ENCLOSED SUBJECT TO ALS WHEN OPENED HAZARD LEVEL 1 IEC 60825-2:2007

The SLU fiber pigtails are also marked at the connector with the following tag (not shown in Figure 4). CAUTION HAZARD LEVEL 1 IEC 60825-2:2007 SUBJECT TO ALS

4) Class 4 outputs in the 1276 – 1567 nm range with in-fiber powers > 500 mW (the output of all RMH07-PY booster amplifiers, of the RMH07-LDP-500 and -750 units and of all RMH07-RFL, RMH07-SRP, RMH07-SRCP and RMH07-CRP units). The output of all these sources is provided via an armoured fiber pigtail for splicing, in the lockable RMH07-ADF tray, to a longer armoured or otherwise protected fiber running to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF). This renders the in-fiber power inaccessible under reasonably foreseeable events. Furthermore, these sources are governed by the primary Fiber Integrity Monitor (FIM) subsystem which initiates an Automatic Laser Shutdown in the event of a break in the transmission fiber cable. Therefore, as used in the RMH07-series equipment, these sources do not present a laser radiation hazard. No laser safety label is required on the armored cable since the laser radiation is not accessible. 5) Class 3B and Class 4 outputs of units whose output fibers lead to optical splice trays internal to the RMH07-series equipment subracks (the RMH07-PLU-400-974 and the RMH07-MLU-2000 and 2300 units). Each of these output fibers is enclosed by a flexible stainless steel armouring conduit. Although the outputs of these sources are therefore not accessible and no laser safety label is required on the armoured fibers, the individual circuit cards are marked with the emission warning label to indicate that they carry sources of laser radiation. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 16 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Since the output from all RMH07 optical sources with powers exceeding the Class 1M limit is either subject to ALS in the event of a broken fiber or open connector or inaccessible altogether, the maximum potential hazard level resulting from the use of RMH07-series equipment is 1M (the maximum accessible power under single fault conditions being the 80 mW OSU output) and RMH07 equipment subracks are identified as Hazard Level 1M laser products by the following label, placed on the subracks’ front door.

CAUTION: INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS HAZARD LEVEL 1M LASER PRODUCT Pmax: 80 mW λ: 1420-1620 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

The RMH07-series equipment complies with US FDA performance standards for laser products except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007 and this compliance is indicated by the following label which is affixed on the subrack.

Complies with FDA performance standards for laser products except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice No. 50 dated June 24, 2007

2.2 Miscellaneous Labels Table 2-1 – Other Symbols Used on the Equipment Symbol

Description This logo indicates that the current product meets the European community directives in regards to safety and electro-magnetic compatibility. This logo indicates that the current product meets the People’s Republic of China Environmentally Friendly Use Period This symbol indicates that this equipment meets CFR 47 part 15 subpart B for unintentional radiator. This is a class A product marketed for use in a commercial, industrial or business environment. This logo indicates that the current product must not be disposed in domestic garbage collection in conformance with the European community directives in regards to Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment.

!

The apparatus will be marked with this symbol when it is necessary for the user to refer to the instruction manual in order to protect the apparatus against damage Indicates possible Hazardous voltages (voltage above 60VDC SELV limit)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Symbol

Page 17 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Description Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Device Warning This symbol indicates that proper grounding procedures of personnel should be observed while handling the device. Electrostatic Discharge Safe Connection This symbol indicates a safe location for the personal wrist strap to be attached before handling the any ESD sensitive device. The connection is located on the right side of the equipment shelf. Earth Ground Terminal. EGND.VSD

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 18 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

2.3 Cable Break Condition RMH07 equipment continuously emits Hazard Level 1M optical power into the broken fiber in order to determine when the fiber continuity has been restored. This laser source will not do any harm to the repair staff; however, it might interfere with the automatic fiber alignment program of some splicing machines. In addition, once the splice has been finished, full power would be restored automatically. Although, due to the restoration of the fiber integrity, this would not present a safety hazard, it might disturb further work on the fiber. We always recommend disabling all optical laser sources (transponders, OSUs, boosters and Raman sources) prior to repair.

2.4 Safety Installation Notice 2.4.1

Location

The RMH07 Series product is intended for use in Restricted Access Location or Controlled Access Location only.

2.4.2

Unpackaging/Packaging

The RMH07 subrack can be shipped unpopulated or partially populated. Because of this, the subrack overall weight vary from 25 to 39 kg. To unpackage the subrack safely, it is recommended that 2 persons perform the task.

2.4.3

Fiber Routing

The RMH07 products listed in the table below have output powers greater than the MPE-limited in-fiber powers. The output of all these sources is provided via an armoured fiber pigtail for splicing, in the lockable RMH07-ADF tray, to a longer armoured or otherwise protected fiber running to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF). This renders the in-fiber power inaccessible under reasonably foreseeable events.

Table 2-2 – RMH07 High Power Optical Radiation Sources Model

Source Type

Emission Wavelength (nm)

Maximum Output Power

RMH07-PY-27F

Amplifier

1535 - 1620

(mW) 500

RMH07-PY-30F

Amplifier

1535 - 1620

1000

RMH07-PY-33F

Amplifier

1535 - 1620

2000

RMH07-RFL-1000-1454

Laser

1454

1000

RMH07-RFL-1500-1454

Laser

1454

1500

RMH07-RFL-1000-1480

Laser

1480

1000

RMH07-RFL-1500-148x

Laser

148x

1500

RMH07-RFL-2000-148x

Laser

148x

2000

RMH07-RFL-1000-1426/1454

Laser

1426 + 1454

1000

RMH07-RFL-1500-1426/1454

Laser

1426 + 1454

1500

RMH07-SRP-3000-1454

Laser

1276 + 1454

3000

RMH07-SRP-4000-1454

Laser

1276 + 1454

4000

RMH07-SRP-5000-1454

Laser

1276 + 1454

5000

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 19 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Source Type

Model

Emission Wavelength (nm)

Maximum Output Power (mW)

RMH07-SRP-3000-1426/1454

Laser

1276 + 1426

3000

RMH07-SRP-5000-1426/1454

Laser

1276 + 1426

5000

RMH07-SRCP-3000-1454

Laser

1276+1454

3000

+1574+1620 RMH07-SRCP-5000-1454

Laser

1276+1454

5000

+1574+1620

2.4.4

RMH07-CRP-3000-1420/1485

Laser

1276 + 1485

3000

RMH07-CRP-4000-1420/1485

Laser

1276 + 1485

4000

RMH07-CRP-5000-1420/1485

Laser

1276 + 1485

5000

RMH07-CRP-5500-1420/1485

Laser

1276 + 1485

5500

Earth Ground Connection

•

Earth ground connection should be provided permanently to the unit.

•

Earth ground connection is made to the RMH07 using 14AWG wire (MPB W-02265-X).

•

Earth ground connection should be made to RMH07 Earth ground point (right side of lower access panel).

•

The Earth ground wire should always be connected before the RMH07 power connection and Earth ground disconnection should always be done after RMH07 power disconnection.

2.4.5

Power Feed Connection

The Equipment Marking label (see below) detailing the current and voltage requirements is located in the left end of the cable shelf area in front of the power inputs. To have access to the equipment marking, the air filter needs to be removed. Communications Inc. MODEL: _ _ _ _ _ _ 48/60 VDC ; 7.0/5.6 A S/N:00345

Mfg Date: 0803

•

All power supply feeding the RMH07 shall be turned OFF before attempting to connect the RMH07 equipment. Failure to meet this requirement could result in bodily harm.

•

The Earth ground wire should always be connected before the RMH07 power connection and Earth ground disconnection should always be done after RMH07 power disconnection.

•

DC power connection should be made using 14 AWG wires (MPB W-02255-x).

•

The power supply system shall be in accordance with ETS 300-253 and shall be limited to 75VDC max.

•

Do not reverse the polarity of the DC power supply connection.

•

When the equipment is in service and either one power cable or power line filter must be replaced, the specific power supply must be un-powered via an appropriate disconnect device prior to remove power line filter guard.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

2.4.6 •

Page 20 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Fuse or Breaker Protection

Both RMH07 equipment power feeds must be protected via adequate fuse or breaker circuit. Fuse or breaker can be rated 10 Amps (@ 80VDC and above) or less depending of the equipment configuration. The protection circuits must provide connection to accept 14 AWG wire and must be compliant with local electrical code.

2.5 ESD Precaution To protect components and circuit cards marked with the symbol shown on the left from ESD damage, installation and maintenance personal must always take the following precaution before accessing an ESD sensitive area of the equipment: 1. Connect your wrist grounding strap to the subrack ESD safe point located on the right side of the shelf. 2. Unlock only the door of the area that you need to access and rest the door on the floor. 3. Handle the PIU by its handles or by the edges of the module. Avoid touching connectors or electronic devices directly with your fingers.

ESD SAFE

4. When the operation is completed, reinstall the door and lock it. 5. Finally, remove your wrist grounding strap from the subrack.

RMH07_ESD.VSD

2.6 Class A ITE WARNING This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 21 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

3 RMH07 Equipment Suite 3.1 RMH07 Equipment Overview The RMH07 Long Reach Transport Series from MPBC has been designed to perform as stand-alone network elements for the transmission of optical signals over link lengths from 200 to 500 km and beyond. The RMH07 equipment suite includes transponders, Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFAs), Erbium-Ytterbium Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EYDFAs) and both conventional (first-order) and Super (third-order) Raman pump sources for distributed Raman amplification (DRA) out in the fiber span and/or pumping Remote Optically Pumped Amplifiers (ROPAs). The model numbers of the individual members of the RMH07 product family are listed in Table 3-1 and Table 3-2, along with a brief description of each unit. All units mount as plug-in units (PIUs) in an RMH07 subrack, with the exception of the ROPA units which are situated out in the span and the ADF tray which is a separate 1U unit. Each subrack is equipped with network element management hardware and software. The support equipment/software shown in Table 3-3 allows management of the equipment both at the subrack and network levels. The equipment may be housed in several racks, according to the needs of the installation.

Table 3-1 – RMH07 Equipment Suite Model RMH07-SRE

Name Equipped Subrack

RMH07-OTM4 RMH07-OTM16 RMH07-OTM64 RMH07-P12

Optical Transponder Power Amplifier

RMH07-P15

Description Basic RMH07 subrack with ASU, PLF and ECUs installed Converts between short and long reach C-band optical signals at STM-4, STM-16 or STM-64 data rates (625 Mbps, 2488 Mbps or 9953 Mbps). EDFA C-band post-amplifiers, provide saturated output power levels from 10 to 21 dBm, as indicated by the numerical suffix.

RMH07-P17 RMH07-P21 RMH07-P15F

WDM PostAmplifier

EDFA gain-flattened C-band post-amplifiers, provide saturated output power levels from 15 to 24dBm, as indicated by the numerical suffix.

WDM PostAmplifier

High-power EYDFA gain-flattened C-band postamplifiers, provide saturated output power levels from 27 to 33dBm, as indicated by the numerical suffix.

RMH07-R35-Cn

Pre-amplifier

EDFA low noise amplifier (pre-amplifier) for 1 wavelength within the 1530 to 1560 nm range, typically 1552.52 nm.

RMH07-R35W

WDM preamplifier

EDFA low noise gain-flattened amplifier (preamplifier) for optical C-band (1530 to 1565nm).

RMH07-R15F

WDM preamplifier

EDFA gain-flattened amplifier (pre-amplifier) for optical C-band (1530 to 1565nm).

RMH07-P17F RMH07-P21F RMH07-P24F RMH07-PYCU-27F RMH07-PYCU-30F RMH07-PYCU-33F

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 22 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Model

Name

Description

RMH07-R17F

WDM preamplifier

EDFA gain-flattened amplifier (pre-amplifier) for optical C-band (1530 to 1565nm).

RMH07-MUX-N

WDM Optical Multipexer

Passive optical multiplexer available for N wavelengths (N=4 or 8).

RMH07-DEMUX-N

WDM Optical Demultipexer

Passive optical de-multiplexer available for N wavelengths (N=4 or 8).

RMH07-ADMUX-4

WDM Optical Multiplexer/

Passive optical multiplexer/demultiplexer available for 4 wavelengths.

Demultiplexer RMH07-LDP-500-1454

Raman Pump Unit

High power (500mW) laser source used for distributed Raman post- or pre-amplification (LDP500-1450) in the C-band (1530 to 1560nm) or for remote pumping of ROPA unit (LDP-500-1480).

RMH07-LDP-750-1426/1454

Raman Pump Unit

Dual-wavelength high power (750mW) laser source used for distributed Raman post- or preamplification across the C-band (1530 to 1565 nm).

RMH07-RFL-1000-1454

Raman Fiber Laser Unit

Very high power (up to 2.0W) laser sources used for distributed Raman pre-amplification in the Cband (1530 to 1560nm) or for remote pumping of ROPA unit (RFL-xx00-1485).

Raman Fiber Laser Unit

Dual-wavelength high power (up to 1.5 W) laser sources used for distributed Raman post- or preamplification across the C-band (1530 to 1565 nm). Includes a redundant seed laser diode.

Super Raman Pump Unit

Very high power (up to 5.0W) laser sources used for 3rd order distributed Raman pre-amplification in the C-band (1530 to 1560nm).

Super Raman Pump Unit

Dual-wavelength high power (up to 5W) laser sources used for 3rd order distributed Raman preamplification across the C-band (1530 to 1565 nm). Includes a redundant seed laser diode.

Super Raman Pump Unit

Very high power (up to 5.0W) laser sources used for 3rd order distributed Raman post-amplification in the C-band (1530 to 1560nm).

Super Raman Pump Unit

Dual-wavelength high power (up to 5.5 W) laser sources used for 3rd order cascaded Raman ROPA pumping and distributed Raman pre-amplification across the C-band (1530 to 1565 nm). Includes a redundant seed laser diode.

RMH07-LDP-500-1480

RMH07-RFL-1500-1454 RMH07-RFL-1500-1485 RMH07-RFL-2000-1485 RMH07-RFL-1000-1426/1454 RMH07-RFL-1500-1426/1454 RMH07-SRP-3000-1454 RMH07-SRP-4000-1454 RMH07-SRP-5000-1454 RMH07-SRP-3000-1426/1454 RMH07-SRP-5000-1426/1454

RMH07-SRCP-3000-1454 RMH07-SRCP-5000-1454 RMH07-CRP-3000-1420/1485 RMH07-CRP-4000-1420/1485 RMH07-CRP-5000-1420/1485 RMH07-CRP-5500-1420/1485 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 23 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Model

Name

Description

RMH07-OMU-IN-C6

Optical Monitoring Unit (Insertion)

Optical coupler and connection monitor for combining the OSC signal(s) with the data channel(s) prior to launch into the line transmission fiber. Used only in the absence of a Booster.

RMH07-OMU-EX-C5

Optical Monitoring Unit (Extraction)

Optical coupler for extracting the incoming OSC signal(s) from the line transmission fiber traffic for forwarding on to the OSC receiver on the OSU PIU. Used only in the absence of a Raman source or a preamplifier at the receive end of a span.

RMH07-ROPA

Remote Optically Pumped Amplifier

Passive EDFA amplifier unit situated approximately 60 to 120 km from the terminal station, acting as pre-amplifier or booster.

RHM07-ADF

Armoured Fiber Distribution Frame

A separate lockable 1U tray mounted in the same equipment rack as, and in close proximity to, the RMH07 subrack. Serves as an intermediate optical fiber distribution frame (ODF), where the armoured pigtail carrying the output from a high power RMH07 source is spliced to the fiber leading to the system’s ODF where it is in turn spliced to the external cable plant.

Table 3-2 – RMH07 Subrack Support and Control PIUs Model

Name

Description

RMH07-OSU-1574 RMH07-OSU-1620

Optical Supervisory Unit

Controller for Raman and Super Raman fiber lasers, as well as source and receiver for the 1574 /1620 nm OSC signal.

RMH07-PCU

Power Control Unit

Laser-less OSU card that provides non-OSC functions of the RMH07-OSU.

RMH07-ASU

Alarm Supervisory Unit

Shelf controller card that reports alarms/command to/from users.

RMH07-ECU

Environmental Control Unit

Fan module for shelf cooling.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 24 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 3-3 – Support Equipment/Software Model

Name

Description

RMH07-RAU

Rack Alarm Unit

Power distribution for one rack and alarm concentrator for an entire rack.

REM-ESS

Ethernet Serial Server

Allows serial connection to the subrack controller and Ethernet connection to the Craft Terminal.

RMH07-EMS DELUXE

Element Management System

Graphical User Interface (GUI) software application that provides simultaneously user control and monitoring of several RMH07 shelf attached to a same network.

RMH07-CT

Craft Terminal

Graphical User Interface (GUI) software application that provides user control and monitoring of the RMH07 shelf.

3.2 Optical Transmission Technology 3.2.1

EDFA Technology

MPBC’s long-haul optical solutions make extensive use of EDFA technology. EDFA provides amplification of optical signals in the optical C band (1530 to 1565nm window). At the core of each EDFA is an optical fiber doped with the rare earth element Erbium. Erbium has the property of absorbing either 980-nm or 1480-nm light, and re-emitting it at 1550 nm. This establishes the basic optical amplifier design, whereby a 980-nm or 1480-nm laser diode “pumps” the Erbium atoms, which re-emit at 1550 nm. For a Booster (or post-amplifier) application, the input signal is relatively strong and the desired output power is very large. Gain is important, but not as much as total output power. This requires the use of multiple, powerful pump lasers. MPBC uses a combination of 980 nm and 1480 nm pump lasers to achieve the desired results, depending on the exact performance required. For very high channel counts, the composite launch power can be in the 0.5 to 2 W range. For such cases, MPBC provides an Er:Yb fiber amplifier in which the output stage is pumped by high-power multimode laser diodes at 975 nm. For a Preamplifier application, the input signal is relatively weak and the desired output power is moderate. Gain is more important than output power, but the most important parameter is the noise figure. To achieve consistently low-noise-figure preamplifiers, MPBC makes exclusive use of 980-nm pump lasers in rack-installed preamplifiers. A preamplifier can also be placed in a remote location and driven by 1480-nm pump lasers located at the receiving end of the span. This type of EDFA is named ROPA since it is remotely pumped.

3.2.2

FEC Technology

MPBC’s OTM Transponders use FEC (Forward Error Correction) to improve the quality of the transmitted signal over long distances. FEC operates similarly to parity bits in low speed serial communications or in computer memories. The main difference with the FEC algorithm is that it has the capability to detect and correct errors. The FEC process takes a block of consecutive data bits, and creates a “frame” that contains the original data bits plus error control bits. These additional bits are decoded at the far end of the system and are used to locate any error bits in the data signal. The premise under which FEC operates is that the error rate before correction is sufficiently low that there will be relatively few errors in each transmitted frame. Since the frames are fairly frequent, the line bit error rate (BER) can get as bad as 1×10-3 (for OTM64) and 5×10-5 (for OTM16) while the corrected error rate remains better than 1×10-12. When the line error rate is better than 1×10-6 (for OTM64) and 1×10-8 (for OTM16), there are virtually no errors that are not corrected. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

3.2.3

Page 25 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Raman Amplification

In optical links where the combination of EDFA amplification and FEC is insufficient to provide the total required optical budget, Raman amplification provides additional optical margin. Raman amplification is a non-linear process that operates only at relatively high-power levels (hundreds to thousands of mW of pump power is necessary). The atoms in the optical fiber absorb pump photons and immediately re-emit photons of lower energy (i.e. longer wavelength) – this is called Raman Scattering. When there is enough pump power, photons at the longer wavelength (i.e. signal photons) travelling through the fiber in the high-power region stimulate the Raman process and are thus amplified. The difference between the “pump” wavelength and the “signal” wavelength is called the Raman shift, and is approximately 100 nm in standard silica fiber. Thus, the presence of a strong pump at 1450 nm generates amplification for signals in the 1550 nm region, 100 nm away. The other key difference between Raman amplification and Erbium amplification is the amplifier’s “physical” construction. EDFAs are physical devices, with well-defined input and output ports, and a clearly identifiable pump source. Raman amplifiers are not as clearly defined. Raman pre-amplification is a distributed process that takes place in the transmission fiber over a distance of more than 25 km. The Raman pump unit, as its name implies, is a source for the pump power, not an amplifier in itself. There are no “signal input” and “signal output” ports on the Raman pump units across which a gain could be measured. Raman amplification nevertheless provides significant system benefits. Super-Raman pre-amplification (patented by MPBC) is an enhanced technique used for providing improved Raman pre-amplification by pumping the signal fiber with a shorter wavelength than the desired Raman pump wavelength, and then using the transmission fiber media as a wavelength converter that uses the Raman effect to generate the ultimate Raman pumping wavelength. Low-power Raman pump units (400-500 mW) provide typically 10-12 dB of optical amplification for small signals, which translates into 3-4 dB of optical budget improvement. High-power Raman pump units (1000-1300 mW) provide typically 20-25 dB of optical amplification for small signals, which translates into ~7 dB of optical budget improvement. MPBC’s patented Super-Raman provides more than 9 dB of optical budget improvement. In all cases, the exact performance improvement that is achieved with Raman amplification is a function of the noise figure of the EDFA preamplifier used to establish the baseline optical budget and the optical fiber characteristics.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 26 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

4 RMH07 Subrack This section describes the RMH07 subrack. It includes the rack requirements, power supplies, subrack layout and access. Electrical and optical interfaces are described in Sections 5 and in each PIU individual sub-section. Details of the individual PIUs are given in Section 7.

4.1 Mounting Requirements The RMH07 subrack has been designed to safely and securely fit into ETSI standard racks (600mm width by 300mm depth). A spacing clearance of 200mm or more must be left on top the RMH equipment to provide proper heat exhaust. No spacing clearance is required at the bottom of the equipment.

>=200mm

600mm

>=0mm

RMH_RACK1.VSD

Figure 1 – Typical RMH Rack Arrangement The RMH07 subrack is fastened to the front of the rack by means of 12 mounted screws (M6 or 1/4-20). The fiber optic and electrical cables can be routed on either side of the subrack. Protective conduit should be use to control the bend radius and protect fiber optic out of the subrack. A maximum of two RMH07 subracks can be installed in a 2200mm ETSI rack. Allocating 0.80 m of vertical rack space to each RMH07, the remaining of the rack space will be used by the power distribution and management monitoring equipment.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 27 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

4.2 Mechanical Specification The subrack overall dimensions in millimetre are showed below.

Figure 2 – RMH07-Subrack Physical Dimensions Figure 2 shows the subrack as supplied for mounting in a standard ETSI equipment rack. For mounting in a “midmount” ETSI rack or a 23-inch ANSI rack, the cable exit ports on the side of the subrack are moved forward (so that the cables exit in front of the equipment rack pillars) and auxiliary mounting brackets are provided. Figure 3 and Figure 4 show the subrack as supplied for these two types of equipment racks along with the auxiliary mounting brackets for each case.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 28 of 238

8.5

8.5 8.5

Sept 9, 2009

85.0

Figure 3 – RMH07-Subrack as supplied for mounting in a “mid-mount” ETSI equipment rack Note: All dimensions shown in millimetres

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 29 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

566.72

85.0

Figure 4 – RMH07- Subrack as supplied for mounting in a 23-inch ANSI equipment rack Note: All dimensions shown in millimetres The equipment weight varies depending of its configuration. The following table list the 3 possible shipping configurations with their packaged and unpackaged weight.

Table 4-1 – Subrack Weight Subrack Configuration

Unpackaged weight

Packaged weight

Unit

Unpopulated

25

27

kg

1 RCU/PYCU populated

32

35

kg

2 RCU/PYCU populated

39

41

kg

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 30 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

4.3 Electrical Specification The following specifications are based on a fully equipped subrack and represent the maximum electrical specification.

Table 4-2 – Subrack Maximum Electrical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

-

-

-75.0

V

-40.0

-

-72.0

V

Discreet Input/Output Interface

0

-

60

V

Maximum Current per power feed

-

-

8.0

A

Maximum Power Dissipation

-

-

325

W

Maximum Voltage Operating Voltage range

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 31 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

4.4 Subrack Functionality The RMH07 subrack has three compartments – the cable shelf, card shelf and fan shelf, as shown in Figure 5. The subrack has a single PCB backplane that provides electrical inter-connections for all PIUs. The user requires access only to the front of the unit. The backplane and a protective cover close the back of the unit. All cables and fibers can be routed on either side of the subrack. All replaceable PIUs and connections are accessible from the front to allow for easy servicing of the equipment.

FAN SHELF

CARD SHELF

CABLE SHELF

RMH07_SUBRACK.VSD

Figure 5 – RMH07 Subrack The subrack operates under a forced-air cooling system. The airflow consists of an air intake from the bottom of the rack (front of cable shelf) and exhaust from the top.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

4.4.1

Page 32 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Fan Shelf

The fan shelf accommodates up to three Environmental Control Unit (ECU). The ECUs produce forced-air cooling for the RMH07 equipment. The fan shelf provides power and monitor signal connections for the ECUs via the backplane. This compartment has a front bezel, which can be removed using a flat screw driver or a dime. Each ECU is secure with 2 thumb screws (Philip screw driver #1 is maybe required to unscrew the ECUs).

CAUTION: DO NOT PLACE ANY OBJECTS ON TOP OF THE RMH07 SUBRACK. This reduces airflow and may cause the unit to overheat.

Figure 6 provides a more detailed view of the fan shelf compartment equipped with three ECUs.

ECU 3 places

Backplane connectors 3 places

Mounting holes 6 places FANSHELF.VSD

Figure 6 – Fan Shelf 4.4.2

Card Shelf

The card shelf contains the main electronic components of the RMH07 (Rxx, Pxx, etc). The card shelf compartment is protected with a removable hinged door, which requires a flat screw driver to unlock. The door protects the electronic cards against unwanted ESD and guides the air intake from the cable shelf area. All RMH07 PIUs are ESD sensitive and appropriate care is required during handling. (Details on handling PIUs may be found under their descriptions, Section 7). There are 23 slots in the card shelf section of the RMH07 with a slot spacing of 20 mm (0.79”). Forced air is circulated from bottom to top via the ventilated card guide. The card shelf provides power, control and monitor signal connections for the PIU via the backplane. Encoding keys prohibit the user from inserting a card in the wrong location. Figure 7 gives a detailed view of the card shelf compartment.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 33 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

OTM Pxx Rxx MLU/SL U OMU

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

OSU PCU

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

MLU ..... ... ..... ... ... ...... ... .....

..... ... ..... ... ... ...... ... ... .....

..... ... ..... ... ..... ... ..... ...

..... ... ..... ... ..... ... ..... ...

..... ... ..... ... ..... ... ..... ...

..... ... .. ... ... ..... ... ..... ...

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... ... ... ... ... ..... ... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... ... ... ... ... .. ... ... .. ... ...

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... . ... ... .. ...

..... ... .. ... ... ..... ... ..... ...

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

..... ... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... . ... ... .. ...

.... .... .... .... .... .... . ... ... .. ...

.... ... ... ... ... ..... ... .... ....

.... ... ... ... ... ...... ... ... .... ....

19

20

UCI ASU

21

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

... ...... ... ..... ..... ... ... .... ..... ... ..... ... ..... ... ... ...... ... ..... ... .... ..... ... ... .....

.... ..... ... .. ... ... ...... ... .... ..... ... ... .. ... ..... ... . ... ..... ... .. ... ... ..... ... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

... ...... ... ..... ..... ... ... .... ..... ... ... .....

... ...... ... ..... ..... ... ... ..... ... ... ...... ... ... . ...

22

23

..... ... ..... ... .... ... ...... ...

..... ... .... ..... ... ..... ... .... ... ...... ... ..... ..... ... ... .... ..... ... ... ..... ..... ... ..... ... ..... ... ..... ... ..... ... ..... ...

.... ... ...... ... ..... ... ..... ... ... ...... ... ..... .... ... ....

RCU .... ..... ... ... ..... ..... ... ....

.... ..... ... ... ..... ..... ... ....

.... ..... ... ... ..... ..... ... ....

.... ..... ... ... ..... ..... ... ....

.... .. ... ... ... .. ... ..... ... ....

.... .. ... ... ... .. ... ..... ... ....

.... ..... ... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .. ... ... . ...

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

..... ... .... .... .... .... .... ....

..... ... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .. ... ... ... ...... ... .... ....

..... ... ... ...... ... ... ...... ... .... ...... ... ..... ... ... ... ...... ... ..... ... .... ... ...... ... ..... ... ..... ... ... ...... ... ... ...... ... ... ...... ... ..... ... ....

RMH07_PIU SHELF

Figure 7 – Card Shelf Sub-Locations The card shelf is made up of five subsections. Slots 1 to 18 can accept full height or half-height cards. Full-height cards include OTM, Pxx, Rxx, etc. Half-height cards are MLU, SLU and PLU modules in the upper half that accompany RCU and PYCU modules mounted in the lower half of the shelf. Guide pins in each section ensure that cards insert into their different locations as intended. Up to two RCU/PYCU modules may be used in a subrack. RCU/PYCU 1 must be inserted in slots 1 to 9 and RCU/PYCU 2 into slots 10 to 18 to connect properly to the backplane. Three screws and a guide pin secure the RCUs and PYCUs into the card shelf. Depending on the RCU model, up to 9 MLU/SLUs can be populated above it. The RCUs and PYCUs provide the lower card guide for MLU/SLU/PLU. Slots 19, 20 and 21 are encoded to receive either OSU or PCU PIUs. Slots 22 is reserved for the User Channel Interface (UCI) card. This optional card is no longer required for the RMH07 product series. Slot 23 is encoded to receive the Alarm Supervisory Unit (ASU). Mechanical coding is insured by keyed connectors at the top and bottom of the slots.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

4.4.3

Page 34 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Cable Shelf

All external electrical and optical connections to and from the RMH07 subrack are made through the cable shelf compartment. Electrical connections are made to/from the backplane, whereas the optical connections are through the fiber tray between the card shelf and the cable shelf compartments. The cable shelf compartment is equipped with a front bezel and air inlet filter.

P1

P2 LAN VB1

PLF

VB2

VB3

VB4

VB5

PLF

CHASSIS GND ALARM interface USER Channel interface LOS OSC interface CRAFT interface RMH07_CABLESHELF.VSD LAN interface (future use)

PLF

Figure 8 – Cable Shelf The power feed A and B connections are made at the Power Line Filter (PLF) located at the left side of the cable shelf compartment, while the chassis ground is located at the right side of the same compartment. All cables and fibers can enter or exit the cable shelf compartment on either the left or right side. When installed in an ETSI rack, the fiber and cables are routed on either side between the subrack sides and the rack side.

4.5 RMH07 Equipment Configuration RMH07 typical configurations are shown in Figure 10, to Figure 12. Note that the Transponder (OTM-x), boosters (Pxx), pre-amplifier (Rxx) and optical multiplexer (MUX, DEMUX and ADMX) each take two slots (40 mm), MLU/SLU/PLU each take one (20 mm) slot and the LDP, P24F take 3 slots. All these PIUs can be inserted in slot 1 to 18 inclusively. The slot number for the OTM4 or OTM16 is taken from the right side of the card. The card ejectors identify the slot position precisely. The slot number for the OTM64, LDP, Pxx and Rxx is taken from the left side of the card.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

unused

RMH-ASU

OSU/1620

OSU/1574

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

OSU/1574

8

R35

MLU2000

7

P17

MLU2000

6

OTM64

MLU2000

5

SLU-140/1480

4

SLU-140/1480

3

RMHECU

MLU2000 MLU-2000

2

Sept 9, 2009 RMHECU

MLU2000

1

MLU2000

RMHECU

Page 35 of 238

RCU (CRP)

PLF

PLF

RMH07_CONFIG1.VSD

Figure 9 – RMH07 Configuration with ROPA Pump, Transponder and EDFAs

RMH-ASU

unused

unused

OSU/1574

R35

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

OSU/1574

MLU2000

RMH-ECU

P24F-C6

MLU2000

8

unused

MLU2000

7

OTM16-1552.52

unused

6

unused

5

unused

4

SLU-170/1454

3

SLU-170/1454

2

RMH-ECU

MLU2000

1

MLU2000

RMH-ECU

RMH-RCU (Super-Raman)

PLF

PLF

RMH07_CONFIG1.VSD

Figure 10 – RMH07 with Super Raman, Transponder and EDFAs

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

RCU (SRP)

PLF

unused

RMH-ASU

unused

OSU/1574

unused OSU/1574

PLU-400/974

unused PLU-400/974

unused

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

MLU2000

8

MLU2000

MLU2000

7

unused

MLU2000

6

MLU-2000

unused

5

unused

4

RMH-ECU

SLU-170/1454

3

RMH-ECU

MLU2000 SLU-170/1454

2

Sept 9, 2009

MLU2000

1

MLU2000

RMH-ECU

Page 36 of 238

RCU (EYDFA)

PLF

RMH07_CONFIG2.VSD

Figure 11 – RMH07 with Super Raman and EYDFA

RMH-ECU

PLF

RMH-ECU

ASU

unused

unused

OSU/1574

OSU/1574

R35W

P24F-C6

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

ADMX-4

8

OTM16-1552.52

7

unused

6

OTM16-1552.52

5

unused

4

OTM16-1552.52

3

unused

2

OTM16-1552.52

1

RMH-ECU

PLF

RMH07_CONFIG3.VSD

Figure 12 – RMH07 with OTMs and EDFAs

4.6

Backplane

The RMH07 backplane provides power distribution to the Plug-In Units (PIUs) and carries six signal sets between them. The six sets are failure indication, board insert indication, reset distribution, CAN bus, I2C bus, and analog monitoring.

4.6.1

Power Distribution

The power feed distribution is represented in Figure 13. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

RCU / PYCU 1 (slot 1-9)

Page 37 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

+5V

+5V

RCU / PYCU 2

ECU3

+5V

(slot 10-18)

+5V +5V +5V +5V

ASU (slot 23)

OSU1 (slot 19)

OSU2 (slot 20)

OSU3 (slot 21)

ECU2 ECU1

PIU 1 to 18 (slot 1 to 18)

RTN A PWR FILTER1

-BAT A RTN B

PWR FILTER2

-BAT B Earth GND RMH07_PWR1.VSD

Figure 13 – Power Distribution The power feed of the RMH07 backplane is provided through two PLFs. The board- to-board connectors are Berg Metral 2-mm power connectors. OSU or PCU cards in slot 19 to 21 provide the RMU power feed. The I2C serial identification system uses a separate power line. The independent I2C supply allows the I2C masters (OSUs and ASU) to acquire model, serial number and specific information on each module.

4.6.2

Failure Indication

The failure indication distribution is presented in Figure 14. The ASU and OSU/PCU are aware via individual hardware lines of a hardware failure or software crash on another module, such as an MLU. Furthermore, failure status is shared reciprocally between the ASU and OSU/PCU(s). The hardware failure line adds a fast acting, redundant path to the CAN bus messaging system. In the event of a need for a fast shutdown of the high power Raman source, each OSU is equipped with two control lines, ELS1_R1 and ELS1_R2, that can shut down all MLUs of the same Raman laser. The ASU and OSU(s) monitor the status of the ECU(s). There are two fault lines per ECU that tell the ASU and OSU(s) which one of the two fans on each ECU has stopped.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

(slot 8)

(slot 9)

(slot 1)

(slot 2)

(slot 3)

(slot 4)

(slot 5)

Page 38 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

(slot 6)

(slot 7)

ELS1 FAIL21 FAIL7 FAIL6 FAIL8

FAIL5 FAIL9

FAIL4 FAIL3 FAIL2 FAIL1

OSU1 (slot 19)

FAIL17

OSU2 (slot 20)

OSU3 (slot 21)

FAIL18 FAIL10 FAIL15

FAIL16

FAIL11 FAIL12 FAIL13 FAIL14 FAIL19 ELS2

(slot 15)

(slot 16)

(slot 17)

(slot 18)

(slot 10)

(slot 11)

(slot 12)

(slot 13)

FAIL20

(slot 14)

RMH07_FAIL.VSD

Figure 14 – Fault Indication Distribution

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

ASU (slot 23)

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

4.6.3

Page 39 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Board Insertion Indication

The board insertion indication is presented in Figure 15. The ASU and OSU/PCUs are aware via individual hardware lines of the presence of a PIU in Slots 1 to 18. Moreover, they share their board presence status reciprocally.

(slot 2)

(slot 1)

(slot 3)

(slot 4)

(slot 5

(slot 6)

(slot 7)

(slot 8)

UCI (slot 22)

(slot 9)

BDIN22 BDIN8

BDIN9

BDIN7 BDIN6 BDIN5 BDIN4 BDIN3 BDIN2

BDIN1 BDIN10

OSU1 (slot 19)

BDIN11 BDIN12 BDIN13 BDIN14 BDIN15 BDIN16

OSU2 (slot 20)

OSU3 (slot 21)

ASU (slot 23)

BDIN17 BDIN19 BDIN20 BDIN21

BDIN18 RBDIN1 RBDIN2

(slot 10)

(slot 11)

(slot 12)

(slot 13)

(slot 14)

(slot 15)

(slot 16)

(slot 17)

(slot 18)

RMU / PYCU 1 (slot 2-8)

RMU / PYCU 2 (slot 11-17)

RMH07_BDIN.VSD

Figure 15 – Board Presence Distribution

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

4.6.4

Page 40 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Reset Distribution

The reset distribution is presented in Figure 16. The ASU has the capability to restart individually every other PIU in the shelf.

OSU3 (slot 21) MLU1 (slot 1)

MLU2 (slot 2)

MLU3 (slot 3)

MLU4 (slot 4)

MLU5 (slot 5)

MLU6 (slot 6)

OSU2 (slot 20)

OSU1 (slot 19)

MLU7 (slot 7)

RESET 19 RESET20 RESET21 RESET7 RESET6 RESET5 RESET4 RESET3 RESET2 RESET1

ASU (slot 23)

RESET8 RESET9 RESET10 RESET11 RESET12 RESET13 RESET14 RESET15

MLU8 (slot 8)

MLU9 (slot 9)

MLU10 (slot 10)

MLU11 (slot 11)

MLU12 (slot 12)

MLU13 (slot 13)

MLU14 (slot 14)

MLU15 (slot 15)

RESET16

MLU16 (slot 16)

RESET17

MLU17 (slot 17)

RESET1 8

MLU18 (slot 18)

RMH07_RST.VSD

Figure 16 – Reset Control Distribution

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

4.6.5

Page 41 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Analog Monitoring

The analog signal configuration between the RCU/PYCU and OSU/PCU is presented in Figure 17. Each OSU/PCU has access to the analog monitor signals from both Raman Converter Unit (RCU) or Yb Power Amplifier Combiner Unit (PYCU) locations. The RMU/PMU is the electronic card that converts the optical signals into electrical signals. There are up to 3 analog monitor signals (PWRxA, PWRxB, PWRxC) from each RCU/PYCU and 1 digital signal (OSC TX presence). The 3 analog monitor signals are read via an I2C bus. The OSC Tx presence is individually connected to each OSU/PCU from each RMU/PMU.

I2C bus

RMU/PMU (LEFT slot 1-9)

OSC Tx

RMU/PMU (RIGHT slot 10-18)

OSC Tx OSC Tx

OSC Tx

OSU/PCU (slot 19)

OSU/PCU (slot 20)

OSU/PCU (slot 21)

OSC Tx

OSC Tx

RMH07_MON.VSD

Figure 17 – Analog Monitoring Distribution

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

4.6.6

Page 42 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

I2C Bus Architecture

The I2C bus architecture is presented in Figure 18. The ASU and OSU/PCUs are potential I2C bus masters, allowing them to initiate communication with I2C slaves. MEMORY 2 add 6-7

I2C bus (INVENTORY 3) slot 16-21 add 0-5 I2C bus (INVENTORY 2) slot 8-15 add 0-7

MEMORY 3 add 0

I2C bus (INVENTORY 1) slot 1-7 add 1-7

ASU master (slot 23)

(legacy) MEMORY 1 add 6-7

I2C bus (INVENTORY0)

UCI 0 (slot 22)

ECU1 add 1 (top slot 1)

ECU2 add 2 (top slot 2)

ECU3 add 3 (top slot 3)

RMU / PYCU 1 add 4 (slot 1 to 9)

RMU / PYCU 2 add 5 (slot 10 to 18)

OSU1 master (slot19)

OSU2 master (slot20)

OSU3 master (slot21)

OSU I2C bus RMH07_I2C.VSD

Figure 18 – I2C Bus Distribution

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

4.6.7

Page 43 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

CAN Bus Architecture

The CAN bus architecture is presented in Figure 19. The CAN bus is a 120-Ohm balanced differential pair used to serially transmits packets of information between the DSP-equipped PIUs. The bus is terminated at each end of the bus with a 120-Ohm resistor. All Plug-In Units (PIUs) are connected in parallel on the bus with each card location having a unique 5-bit address (allowing for up to 32 possible distinct addresses). There are a total of 22 addresses distributed in this back-panel implementation. The addresses are formed by adding the slot number to the base address, as shown in Figure 19.

(slot 10) (add 10)

(slot 11) (add 11)

(slot 12) (add 12)

(slot 13) (add 13)

(slot 14) (add 14)

(slot 15) (add 15)

(slot 16) (add 16)

(slot 17) (add 17)

(slot 18) (add 18)

OSU1 (slot 19) (add 19)

OSU2 (slot 20) (add 20)

OSU3 (slot 21) (add 21)

UCI (slot22)

ASU (slot 23) (add 23)

CAN bus (multi-drop)

(slot 1) (add 1)

(slot 2) (add 2)

(slot 3) (add 3)

(slot 4) (add 4)

(slot 5) (add 5)

(slot 6) (add 6)

(slot 7) (add 7)

(slot 8) (add 8)

(slot 9) (add 9)

RMH07_CAN.VSD

Figure 19 – CAN Bus Distribution

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 44 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

5 Electrical Interface The RMH07 has five electrical connections that must be made before being put into operation. All connections are made through the cable shelf section located at the bottom of the subrack. The five connections are for two power feeds (A and B), chassis ground, the Craft Terminal and the alarm connection between the RMH07 subrack and the Central Office Alarm Concentrator. Provision has been made for three optional connections. VB2 is used to provide LOS OSC (fiber break detection) to a secondary subrack. VB3 and VB4 are User channels that provide synchronous or asynchronous data path over the fiber link using FEC overhead or STM/OC overhead when the RMH07 is populated with OTM card. The connections are shown in Figure 20 and details regarding cable and connector types are given in Table 5-1.

8 RMH07_CABLING.VSD

Figure 20 – Electrical Cable Connections

WARNING: All electrical ports of the equipment are suitable for connection to intra-building (indoor line) or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The ports of the equipment MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces that connect to the OSP or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intra-building (indoor) interfaces only and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. Table 5-1 – Electrical Cable Interface Figure Note 1 2 3 4 5 6, 7 8

Function

Recommended Cable

Function Reference

Power Interface A

Cable Connector Type Terminal ring #8

MPBC W-02255-1

Section 5.1

Power Interface B Chassis Ground

Terminal ring #8 Terminal ring #8

MPBC W-02255-2 MPBC W-02265-1

Section 5.1 Section 5.1

Craft Terminal Interface Alarm Interface Auxiliary Interface Loss of Fiber Integrity

DB9 (male) DB37 (male) DB25 (male) DB15 (male)

MPBC W-01517-1 MPBC W-01515-1 MPBC W-02913-1 MPBC W-02874-1

Section 5.2 Section 5.4 Section 5.5 Section 5.3

5.1 Power Interface The power feeds are connected to the PLF assemblies. Power feed A is connected to PLF left and power feed B to PLF right, as represented in Figure 21. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 45 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The chassis ground cable is attached to the chassis ground stud on the right front corner of the cable shelf section. Figure 22 shows a top view of the chassis ground attachment. Table 5-2 lists pin locations and descriptions for the power connector interface. Power cables available from MPBC are listed in Table 5-3; ground cables are listed in Table 5-5.

Power Feed A

Power Feed B

PLF left

PLF right RMH07_PLFCON.VSD

Figure 21 – Power Feed Connections

Chassis Ground Cable

RMH07_GND.VSD

Figure 22 – Chassis Ground Connection Table 5-2 – Power Interface Signal Chassis

Qty 1

A-RTN

1

B-RTN

1

A-48V

1

Description Chassis ground for ESD and safety purpose. The chassis ground mounting point is located at the right of the subrack cable shelf. Return path for power feed A. A-RTN mounting point is located on the right of the PLF left units. The stud is identified with the label marked “RTN”. Return path for power feed A. B-RTN mounting point is located on the right of the PLF right units. The stud is identified with the label marked “RTN”. Power feed circuit A. Voltage input between –40 VDC and –72 VDC. The A-48V mounting point is located on the left of the PLF left unit. The stud is identified with the

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Signal

B-48V

Qty

1

Page 46 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Description

label marked “-48 V”. Power feed circuit B. Voltage input between –40 VDC and –72 VDC. The B-48V mounting point is located on the left of the PLF right unit. The stud is identified with the label marked “-48 V”.

Table 5-3 – Available Power Feed Cables W-02255 rev.3 MPBC P/N W-02255-1

W-02255-2

Conductor Two conductors, Copper, 14AWG, one red, one white Two conductors, Copper, 14AWG, one red, one white

Terminators One end #8 ring terminal, other end not terminated One end #8 ring terminal, other end not terminated

Jacket Red

Length 3 m (10 feet)

Blue

3 m (10 feet)

Table 5-4 – Available Power Feed Cables W-02255 rev.4 MPBC P/N W-02255-1

W-02255-2

Conductor Two conductors, Copper, 14AWG, one black, one white Two conductors, Copper, 14AWG, one black, one white

Terminators One end #8 ring terminal, other end not terminated One end #8 ring terminal, other end not terminated

Jacket Blue

Length 3 m (10 feet)

Blue

3 m (10 feet)

Jacket Green/ yellow

Length 3 m (10 feet)

Table 5-5 – Available Ground Cable MPBC P/N W-02265-1

Conductor Single conductor, Copper, 14AWG

Terminators One end #8 ring terminal, other end not terminated

5.2 Craft Terminal Interface This section delineates the interface for a Local Craft Terminal; connections for a combined local and network management are described in Section 5.5 below. The subrack is connected to the Craft Terminal by means of an RS-232 serial cable attached to VB1. This port is a DB-9 female connector that interconnects with PIU Slot 23 (ASU card). The electrical interface is RS-232 with the pinout as shown in Table 5-6.

Table 5-6 – Craft Interface Pinout (VB1) Signal

RXD TXD GND NC

I/O O I -

Pin # 2 3 5 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9

Description Receive Data of the Craft terminal. Transmit Data out of the Craft terminal. Reference Ground. Not connected

The cable normally supplied with the RMH07 is intended to provide a simple communication means between a computer with a RS-232 serial port through a DB-9 male connector. MPBC’s standard cable part number is W-01517-1. The cable’s wiring table is given in Table 5-7.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 47 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 5-7 – Craft Wiring Table RMH (DB-9 on VB1) Signal Pin S/GND 5 RXD 2 TXD 3 NC 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9

Computer (DB-9) Signal Pin S/GND 5 TXD 3 RXD 2 NC 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9

Notes Signal ground reference Data into RMH subrack Data out of RMH subrack No connection

5.3 Loss of Fiber Integrity Interface The LOS OSC reports cable integrity status to a second subrack in configuration, which carry high power laser source working for the same fiber pair. A dry contact carries the information to an isolated input. See the connector pinout below.

Table 5-8 – LOS OSC Interface Pinout (VB2) Signal IN+ INNC COM GND No Connection

I/O I I O O -

Pin # 15 7 13 12 8, 9 1,2,4,5,6, 11,14

Description Fiber break is reported when an open circuit between IN+ and IN-. Fiber break is active when this contact is open between NC and COM. Signal GND. Do not connect. Reserved for future use.

The wiring diagram of the cable for this application is shown in the table below. The MPBC p/n is W-02874-1.

Table 5-9 – LOS OSC Cable Wiring Table P1 Signal IN+ INNC COM

P2 Pin 15 7 13 12

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Signal NC COM IN+ IN-

Pin 13 12 15 7

Notes

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 48 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Figure 23 – Loss Of Lock Cable Diagram

5.4 Alarm Interface The alarms contacts and external inputs are made via VB5, a DB-37 female connector that interconnects with the ASU in Slot 23. This interfaces provides seven (7) SPDT contacts, with individual common signal COMx. Note that there is no connection between COM1 to COM7. External connections are required if one common circuit is required. There are also five (5) individual inputs that operate with a voltage of 0 to 60 VDC (EN60950 SELV limit). MPBC cable W-01515-1 (see Section 13 for cable pin connection diagram) is available to terminate the RMH07 alarms to terminal block. The alarm interface pinout is listed in Table 5-10.

Table 5-10 – Alarm Interface Pinout (VB5) Signal

I/O

Pin #

COM1

-

9

Contact 1 common

COM2

-

28

Contact 2 common

COM3

-

10

Contact 3 common

COM4

-

29

Contact 4 common

COM5

-

11

Contact 5 common

COM6

-

1

Contact 6 common

COM7

-

20

Contact 7 common

NO1

O

8

Normal Open contact 1 – Power Loss normally open contact. The alarm is active when this contact is closed between its common contact (COM1).

NO2

O

26

Normal Open contact 2 – Major alarm normally open contact. The alarm is active when this contact is closed between the common contact (COM2).

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Description

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Signal

Page 49 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

I/O

Pin #

Description

NO3

O

25

Normal Open contact 3 – Minor alarm normally open contact. The alarm is active when this contact is closed between the common contact (COM3).

NO4

O

24

Normal Open contact 4 – Critical alarm normally open contact. The alarm is active when this contact is closed with the common contact (COM4).

NO5

O

23

Normal Open contact 5 – Critical/Major alarm normally open contact. The alarm is active when the contact is closed between the common contact (COM5).

NO6

O

22

Normal Open contact 6 – Minor alarm normally open contact. The alarm is active when the contact is closed between the common contact (COM6).

NO7

O

21

Normal Open contact 7 – Not used.

NC1

O

27

Normal Closed contact 1 – Power Loss normally closed contact. The alarm is active when this contact is open between its common contact (COM1).

NC2

O

7

Normal Closed contact 2 - Major alarm normally closed contact. The alarm is active when this contact is open between the common contact (COM2).

NC3

O

6

Normal Closed contact 3 - Minor alarm normally closed contact. The alarm is active when this contact is open between the common contact (COM3).

NC4

O

5

Normal Closed contact 4 - Critical alarm normally closed contact. The alarm is active when this contact is open between the common contact (COM4).

NC5

O

4

Normal Closed contact 5 – Critical/Major alarm normally closed contact. The alarm is active when the contact is open between the common contact (COM5).

NC6

O

3

Normal Closed contact 6 – Minor alarm normally closed contact. The alarm is active when the contact is open between the common contact (COM6).

NC7

O

2

Normal Closed contact 7 – Not used.

XIN1

I

19

Input 1 – Not used.

XIP1

I

37

Input 1 + Not used.

XIN2

I

18

Input 2 – Reset negative input.

XIP2

I

36

Input 2 + Reset positive input.

XIN3

I

17

Input 3 – Not used.

XIP3

I

35

Input 3 + Not used.

XIN4

I

16

Input 4 – Not used.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Signal

I/O

Pin #

XIP4

I

34

Input 4 + Not used.

XIN5

I

15

Input 5 – Not used.

XIP5

I

33

Input 5 + Not used.

NC

-

12, 13, 14, 30, 31, 32

Page 50 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Description

Not connected.

5.5 User Channel and Network Management Interface The User Channel is a communication channel that operates over the same fiber optic link as the payload (customer traffic). With a transmission using FEC coding (OTM-16-FEC), the user channel is out of band (outside the STM frame). With a regular transmission limited to the STM framing rate, the user channel uses a single Over-Head (OH) byte. User Channel is only available when the RMH07 is equipped with on OTM card. Both user channel interfaces are accessed via VB3 and VB4 at the cable shelf. The backplane connects both to each OTM in the subrack. The operator must select which OTM is associated to each User channel. VB3 is associated to User channel 1 and VB4 to channel 2. RMH07 User channel uses V.11/RS-422 compatible electrical interface. In a typical application, a connection is made between the REM-ESS and the User channel allowing control and monitoring of the remote subrack. Because the REM-ESS uses RS-232 electrical interface, MPBC converter cable W-02913-1 must be used to adapt the electrical signal with the RMH07. The rack-mounted REM-ESS module (described in the REM-ESS User’s Manual) acts as a hub for serial connections with the local Craft Terminal or the EMS (network management) workstation. The local Craft Terminal is typically connected to Serial Port 1 in the REM-ESS, while the EMS Terminal is connected to the Ethernet port in the REM-ESS.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 51 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-SR #2

RMH07-SR #1

Figure 24 – Network management connections Table 5-11 – Auxiliary Interface Pin-out (VB3/VB4) Signal

I/O

Pin #

RXD(pos)

I

22

Data received by the RMH07 subrack, positive polarity

RXD(neg)

I

23

Data received by the RMH07 subrack, negative polarity

TXD(pos)

O

10

Data transmitted by the RMH07 subrack, positive polarity

TXD(neg)

O

11

Data transmitted by the RMH07 subrack, negative polarity

GND

-

7

Reference Ground.

NC

-

All others

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Description

Not connected. Do not connect signals to these pins, as some are reserved for future use.

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 52 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

6 System Operation 6.1 Introduction The RMH07 series is intended to amplify optical signals over fiber optic link distances of 100 to over 500 km. A fiber optics network may be composed of many such links, running between nodes where link equipment is housed in equipment racks. The fiber bundle consists of one or more pairs of fibers that form closed loops, with an incoming and an outgoing path within each pair. Traditionally, these are designated “East” and “West”. The RMH07 equipment operates in the standard WDM transmission band, between 1520 and 1620 nm. It is currently optimized for the C-band (1530 to 1565 nm), but is expandable to the L-band (1570 to 1607 nm) on a custom basis. A typical fiber optic communications link includes ADM (Add/Drop Multiplexer) equipment to add and read data from a link, transponder modules to condition the signal for long-distance transport, and amplifier equipment to ensure that the signal can propagate over its design distance. Typical data rates for long-haul telecommunications are STM-4, STM-16, and STM-64 equivalent to 622 Mb/s, 2.48 Gb/s, and 9.953Gb/s respectively. A lower data rate can propagate over a longer link while maintaining an acceptable bit error rate. A straight-line diagram for a typical 1+1 link is shown in Figure 25. The link consists of two fiber pairs, with Pxx boosters on the transmitter side of each fiber and a Raman pump source followed by an Rxx preamplifier on the receiver side. The equipment at each end of a fiber pair is referred to as a “Comgroup”; there are two comgroups at each site in Figure 25.

Pump Direction T X

R X

T X

R X

T X

R X

300 Km or more

OSC

Preamp

Raman Amp

R X

T X

OTM16 R X

T X

R X

Raman Amp

Booster 300 Km or more

OSC

Preamp

Raman Amp

OSC

R X

T X

R X

OTM16

Booster

T X

R X

T X

Preamp

R X

T X

R X

Pump Direction

Pump Direction T X

Preamp

OSC

Booster

STM-16 TTE

STM-16 TTE

OTM16

Raman Amp

Booster

OTM16

T X

R X

T X

Pump Direction

System Diagram 1+1_VSD

Figure 25 – System diagram for a typical 1+1 link

6.2 Optical Budget Calculations The equipment that is fitted to a link depends on the data rate, link length and level of reliability required for that particular link. Table 6-1 shows the contributions of various RMH07 components on the transmitter side of a

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 53 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

circuit, while Table 6-2 shows the sensitivities and gain of RMH07 receiver components. The EOL best line-side specification is listed here; for more complete specifications, refer to the module descriptions in Sections 7.

Table 6-1 – Transmitter component maximum gain contributions Component

Power dBm

Gain dB

Note

OTM4, OTM16 transponder

6

Hazard Level 1M laser output

OTM64 transponder

0

″

P12 booster

12

″

P15

15

″

P17

17

″

P19

19

″

P21

21

Class 3B output w/ALS – Hazard Level 1

P24

24

Class 3B output w/ALS – Hazard Level 1

Table 6-2 – Receiver Sensitivity Improvements Component

Condition Sensitivity Margin Improvement dBm dB

OTM4, OTM16 or OTM64 Line Receiver sensitivity

Note

-22

Receiver sensitivity with R35 preamplifier (10e-10 BER)

STM-1

-49

STM-4

-45

STM-16

-40

STM-64

-35

OTM16 FEC gain

5.5

Compared to R35 alone

OTM64 FEC gain

7.5

Compared to R35 alone

RFL Raman preamplifier

7

“

Super Raman preamplifier

9

“

LDP-500 Raman preamplifier

4

“

RFL ROPA pump

17.5

“

CRP ROPA pump

20.0

“

ROPA preamplifier

Table 6-3 gives a top-level optical budget for a 300km link at STM-4. The table shows that the link has been planned with a positive End Of Life Reserve margin.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 54 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The basic link loss is calculated by multiplying the fiber length by an assumed fiber loss of 0.21 dB/km, which includes installation margins (reroute and cable splicing). The link margin is the sum of the estimated losses from aging, repairs and connectors. On the positive gain side, the available link budget is the sum of power launched into the link on the transmitter side, plus any margin improvement on the receiver side (here, that due to the implementation of distributed Raman pre-amplification using MPBC’s Super Raman pump source), less the receiver sensitivity. Other factors not shown here are the maximum output power from the preamplifier, and the 5.5-dB gain that could be made from the FEC circuit of the OTM-16 module.

Table 6-3 – Optical Link Budget @ 622Mbps Parameter

STM-4

Link Length (km)

300

Link loss (dB) (including splices @ 0.21dB/km)

63.0

Link Margin (dB)

6.0

Required Link Budget (dB) (Guaranteed)

69.0

Launched Power (dBm)

16

Receiver Sensitivity (dBm)

-45

Super Raman Margin Improvement

9.0

Available Link Budget (dB) (Reference)

70.0

Calculated Reserve Margin (dB)

1.0

6.3 Fiber Integrity Monitoring (FIM) The RMH07 uses a Class 1 level (Hazard Level 1M) co-directional OSC signal to continuously monitor fiber integrity. The co-directional expression is used because the OSC signal travels in the same direction as the traffic signals.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 55 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Transmit Fiber FIBER LINK

Traffic OSC

RMH Equpiment Near End

RMH Equpiment Far End

Receive Fiber FIBER LINK

Traffic OSC

Figure 26 – Co–Directional OSC The co-directional OSC scheme has been developed to be usable with standard links (without ROPAs) as well as links equipped with uni-directional ROPAs (with a built-in isolator).

6.3.1

Operation with no FIM

Operation of the RMH07 without FIM is restricted to subrack configurations using only the following: •

transponder: OTMx

•

most EDFA post-amps: Pxx up to 17 dBm

•

all EDFA pre-amp: Rxx, RxxW and RxxF

None of the RMH07 very high power solutions (RFL, SRP, CRP, P2xF, PYxxF) are to be used without an OSC fiber integrity monitor.

6.3.1.1 Conditions for System Turn On A low power laser system is defined as one having an output power level no greater than the Class 1M limit (even under worst-case, single fault conditions). When the system is enabled, it is turned on and operates as designed. No Fiber Integrity Monitoring (FIM) system is required for system operation, so cable breaks are not detected. The transmitters will continue to operate in the event of a fiber or cable break. Signal interruption would be indicated by the failure to receive an SDH signal, but this fact alone does not allow one to distinguish a cable break from equipment failure at the remote site. (If it is desired to monitor for cable breaks using the full FIM system, then the details for System with FIM turn on and turn off (Sections 6.3.2 and 6.3.3) would apply.) Note that terminal equipment need not be attached to the tributary ports of the Transponders in order for the link to be operational. In that situation, remote telemetry of the MPBC equipment will be the only information passing through the link. This is valid for systems either with or without FIM. Further note that although the equipment may be enabled (through the ComGroup Operator Enable command), the presence of a Force Off command previously issued by an operator has precedence over this enable condition. All Force Off commands must be countermanded before the automatic turn-on sequence will proceed. This is valid for systems either with or without FIM. For this discussion, we assume an RMH07 system consisting of an OTMxx Transponder and an Rxx Preamplifier. If an Rxx is not present in the actual system, the line connection would be made directly to the OTMxx. Systems MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 56 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

with a Pxx amplifier with an output power >17 dBm (i.e. amplifiers which could emit output powers greater than the Class 1M limit of 21.4 dBm under worst-case single fault conditions) and those with a Raman laser or PYxxF Booster amplifier (Class 4 sources), are treated in Section 6.3.2 and following.

6.3.1.2 Automatic Turn-On Sequence The equipment turn-on sequence is as follows: 1. Equipment is enabled. 2. The Preamplifier and OTM line transmitter turn on to their set power level (Class 1M and Class 1, respectively). 3. When the transponder receives an SDH signal from the other site, transmission between the sites is achieved. The Transponder then turns on its Trib laser to the terminal (Class 1). When the Transponder is turned on, it inserts an SDH framed AIS pattern (Alarm Indication Signal) as long as there is no input signal provided to the Transponder’s Trib input. When a valid SDH signal is provided from the terminal, the Transponder removes this AIS pattern. Because this system presents only a Hazard Level 1M even without a FIM, the system may be turned on manually from the Craft Terminal.

6.3.1.3 Manual Turn-Off Sequences For a Hazard Level 1M system with no FIM, there is no automatic turn-off sequence. There are operator commands that can turn off the system. They should be used with caution, since loss of traffic is an expected result. The simplest means of forcing the system into a shutdown sequence is to issue the ComGroup disable command from the local Craft Terminal or from the EMS. Although only one site is affected by the shutdown command, the link will not maintain transmission with only one site enabled. A slightly more difficult means of forcing the system to shut down is to issue Force Off commands to individual units. Issuing a Force Off command to the Preamp interrupts incoming traffic; issuing a Force Off command to the Transponder interrupts traffic both incoming and outgoing traffic.

6.3.2 System Turn On with FIM 6.3.2.1 Conditions for System Turn On Under normal operating conditions, a system that is off will automatically turns itself on when the end-to-end bidirectional optical path is restored. Conversely, a system that is on will automatically turns itself off in the event of an optical connector disconnect, a fiber break or of a cable break. These two main sequences of events are under the control of a Fiber Integrity Monitor (FIM) sub-system that continuously operates in the background. When there is fiber integrity, the system will turn on. When fiber integrity is lost, the system will turn off. For this discussion, we assume an RMH07 system, with OTMxx Transponder, Pxx Booster, Rxx Preamplifier, and RFL Raman laser pump, as shown in Figure 28. The following describes the standard implementation of FIM, using the Automatic Power Reduction and Restoration (APR) software. The APR software is explained in the RMH07 Operator’s Manual.

6.3.2.2 Automatic Turn-On Sequence The automatic start-up sequence for transmission equipment begins with a Link Integrity Declaration. This is achieved typically through an OSC loop closure (Section 6.3.4). Following this, the lasers are turned on to low level in all units – the OTM Transponder, the Rxx Preamplifier, the Pxx Booster and the Raman pump units. The

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 57 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Booster and Raman units go to full power when certain local conditions are met, as listed below. When all lasers are at operational power at both ends of a link, optical transmission will occur over the link. Equipment Turn-on Sequence: 1. Equipment is enabled. Therefore OSC transmitter laser turns on (Class 1). 2. Link Integrity Declaration (requires both sites to be enabled and the link to be good). 3. The Transponder’s line transmitter is turned on to normal power (Class 1). 4. The Preamplifier is turned on to its normal power level (Class 1). 5. The Booster is enabled. As soon as it detects input power from the Transponder, it turns on to its normal working power level (Class 3B). 6. The Raman pump is turned on at a low power level where a connectivity check is carried out for each MLU prior to ramping the pump up to its set power (Class 4). 7. Once transmission between the sites is achieved, the Transponder turns on its Trib laser to the terminal. When the Transponder is turned on, it inserts an SDH framed AIS pattern (Alarm Indication Signal) as long as there is no input signal provided to the Transponder’s Trib input. When a valid SDH signal is provided from the terminal, the Transponder removes this AIS pattern. For safety reasons, the craft terminal software restricts an operator manual laser turn on command.

6.3.3

System Shutdown with FIM

6.3.3.1 Automatic Shutdown Sequence The following outlines the automatic shutdown sequence for the transmission equipment. The trigger point is the Loss of Link Integrity Declaration. This occurs when the OSC loop fails AND when the Transponders no longer get valid signal through system communication. At the end of the shutdown sequence, all laser devices are either off or are operating within Hazard Level 1M safety levels. •

All laser sources above Class 1M are turned off.

•

Only the OSC transmitter on the OSU continues to operate normally. This is both permissible and required to allow for automatic restart.

Equipment Shutdown Sequence: 1. Loss of Link Integrity Declaration for this site (this must be made independently at each site). 2. Laser sources above Class 1M are turned off. 3. The OTM Transponder’s Trib transmitter is turned off (when it receives no good line-in data) 4. The OSC transmitter remains as it is (a Hazard Level 1M source)

6.3.3.2 Manual Turn-Off Sequences There are operator commands that can turn off the system. They should be used with caution, since loss of traffic is an expected result. The normal means of forcing the system into a shutdown sequence is to issue the ComGroup disable command from the local Craft Terminal or from the EMS. ComGroup disable is accessed from the Alarms Currently Reported panel pull-down menu Control -> ComGroup (described in the RMH07 Operations Manual). From EMS, it is accessed by Main -> Current NE Status form, selecting the subrack (NE), then clicking the "Run CT" button (described in RMH07-EMS Deluxe Operations Manual).

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 58 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

A ComGroup consists of the modules that operate at one end of a fiber pair. They handle both the trib to line and the line to trib directions for the fiber pair. Thus turning off these modules has the same impact that a cable break would have on the system. Although only one site is affected by the shutdown command, the link will not maintain transmission with only one site enabled. It is possible to force the system to shutdown by issuing Force Off commands to individual units. This would be used only if required by specific test scenarios. •

Issuing at least two Force Off commands, one to the OSU and another to one of the OTM, Pxx or Rxx, will shut down the link.

•

Issuing a Force Off command to the OSU shuts down the OSC sub-system but does not interrupt traffic.

•

Issuing a Force Off command to the OTM, Pxx or Rxx interrupts traffic but does not shut down the OSC subsystem.

•

Issuing the Force Off command to the Raman pump unit has no effect on the OSC sub-system and may not interrupt traffic, but will reduce the system’s operating margin.

6.3.4

Fiber Integrity Monitoring with Loop Closure

Because of the high optical power involved in some system configurations, it is necessary to ensure that a continuous path is present at all times when power is being launched. The Fiber Integrity Monitoring (FIM) sub-system operates across several units in the RMH07 chassis. These units share information about parts of the system that are “visible” to them. By piecing together all of this information, accurate and reliable decisions about the state of the complete system can be made. The only two decisions that the FIM makes are: ♦ Link Integrity Declaration – if a system is not operating, is it safe to turn it on? ♦ Loss of Link Integrity Declaration – if a system is operating, is it safe to continue operating?

All discussions in this section refer to Figure 27, which identifies a number of points along the system. The discussion treats the most common implementation of APR (Automatic Power Reduction and Restoration).

6.3.4.1 Link Integrity Declaration The link integrity decision is made only if a valid OSC Loop Closure can be detected. Because of this condition for turning on the system, the presence of a working OSU is mandatory in each RMH subrack for an automatic system start-up.

6.3.4.2 Loss of Link Integrity Declaration Once the system is operational, it is desirable to maintain operation as long as possible provided that safety is not compromised. This implies limiting the number of single point failures that would terminate transmission. Care has been taken to eliminate as much as possible the non-transmission related failure points, which means primarily the OSC sub-system. This is done by using redundant OSU cards. The transmission link is considered to be unsafe to continue operating when the OSC loop fails. This is described in detail in Section 6.3.7 on Page 62. An interesting feature of these decision criteria is that once the system is operational, the OSU card can be replaced without turning off the system. At all times the system’s safety conditions are maintained.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 59 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

6.3.4.3 OSC Loop Optical Path The OSC (Optical Supervisory Channel) used in the RMH07 equipment requires optical continuity from one end of the system to the other one, in both directions of transmission, before the system is allowed to turn on. This section describes the optical path that the OSC follows. Only the direction from the top site to the bottom site is described in detail. The OSC transmitter is located on the OSU card, and exits through the OSC Output Port (Point (1)). This optical signal is connected to the Booster’s OSC Input Port (At (2)). Each booster also contains a monitor photo-diode that provides feedback to the OSU card about the status of the connection from the OSU to the Booster. The OSC signal enters the optical fiber system through the Booster’s Output Port (Point (3)). The OSC signal then travels through the system’s “transmitting” fiber from (3) to (4), in the same direction as the normal signal flow. When the OSC signal reaches the far end of the link, which is at the Raman Pump’s Output Port (Point (4)), the OSC optical signal is extracted from the system’s signal transmission path and is made available at the RCU’s OSC Output Port (Point (5)). An optical patch cord transmits this signal to the OSU’s OSC Input Port (At (6)). The optical path for the other direction can be traced by following the reference points from [1] through [6]. Points (1) and [6] are on the same OSU card, as are points [1] and (6). Together, these two unidirectional optical paths form a complete loop, the OSC Loop.

TRIB

TX

RX

OTM1 RX

LINE

PreAmp

SITE # 1

Raman Pump

5

TX

1 2

6

4

3

3

4 1 6

2

SITE # 2

RX

5

OSU

Booster

TX

Booster

OSU

LINE

OTM1 TRIB

Raman Pump PreAmp RX TX

OSC Loop R f VSD

Figure 27 – OSC Loop Reference Points MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 60 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

6.3.4.4 Two-Tone Protocol Each OSU has the capability of sending and of detecting two OSC modulation formats: Tone 1 and Tone 2. An OSU transmits Tone 1 when it receives nothing. It transmits Tone 2 when it receives either Tone 1 or Tone 2. This two-tone protocol is sufficient to confirm the integrity of both system fibers. This next section explains in more detail the “negotiation” sequence between the two OSU units. When an OSU receives a Tone 2, it indicates that: (i) it is receiving something from the far end of the system, and (ii) that the far end OSU is receiving something from the near end (if it received nothing, it would be sending out Tone 1). This can only occur when there is continuity along the entire optical path (represented by the red arrows in Figure 27) between the OSUs. In this situation, OSC Loop Closure will be declared and the FIM will initiate a system turn-on.

6.3.4.5 OSC Loopback Protection To prevent false system start-ups when an OSC is looped back onto itself (from [1] to (6), for instance), the system has a built-in OSU loopback protection. The OSU loopback protection requires a positive feedback from the Booster that indicates that the OSC’s transmitter connection is made to the Booster and not to the OSC’s receiver. If the feedback signal is not provided to the OSU, the OSC Loop is considered to still be open, even though the OSC receiver will be detecting a Tone 2 (which happens to be its own!).

6.3.5

Link Start-up Process

All discussions in this section refer to Figure 27, which identifies a number of points along the system.

6.3.5.1 Site 1 Events The trigger event at Site 1 is to have the equipment enabled. The OSC transmitter only requires this condition to turn on. When the OSU is enabled, it immediately starts transmitting Tone 1 at point (1). This propagates through (2), (3), (4) and (5) until it is eventually detected at (6) (OSC receiver at Site 2). Until an OSC signal is received from Site 2, the OSC transmitter at Site 1 remains in this state (i.e. transmitting Tone 1). As soon as the equipment at Site 2 is enabled, an OSC signal will be received at Site 1 (through the optical path from [1] to [6]). Depending on the time sequence in which the sites are enabled, this OSC signal will either be Tone 1 or Tone 2. In either case, the OSC transmitter at Site 1 will change its transmit pattern to Tone 2 at (1). This signal will propagate back through the system until it reaches Site 2’s OSC receiver (Point (6)). At this point, the OSU at Site 1 is receiving an incoming OSC signal and is thus sending Tone 2. It will initiate no other action until the OSU at Site 2 changes from Tone 1 to Tone 2 (if it is not already the case). The maximum expected wait time is less than one second. Once Tone 2 is detected at Point [6], Site 1’s OSU concludes that there is no discontinuity in the optical path between the two OSUs and it therefore initiates an equipment turn-on sequence at Site 1.

6.3.5.2 Site 2 Events The chain of events at Site 2 is nearly identical to that of Site 1. For discussion purposes, we have assumed that Site 2 is enabled a short time after Site 1. This means that it is likely that the OSU at Site 2 will be receiving a Tone 1 signal before being enabled. The wake-up signal at Site 2 is to have the equipment enabled. The OSC transmitter only requires this condition to turn on. When the OSU is enabled, it immediately starts transmitting Tone 2 at point [1], since we have assumed that Site 1 was enabled a little bit earlier and is already sending its own Tone 1 which has been detected at point (6). The Site 2 OSC signal propagates through [2], [3], [4] and [5] until it is eventually detected at [6] (OSC receiver at Site 1). MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 61 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

As soon as this signal arrives at the far site, the far OSU sends back a Tone 2 of its own at (1). This signal will propagate back through the system until it reaches Site 2’s OSC receiver (Point (6)). When the OSU detects this incoming Tone 2, it concludes that there is no discontinuity in the optical path between the two OSUs and it therefore initiates an equipment turn-on sequence at Site 2.

6.3.6

Fiber Break Shutdown Process

This section details the events that take place when the optical path in one direction only is damaged. This can be caused by an in-station accidental removal of an optical patch cord, or by partial damage of the optical cable. Referring to Figure 28, suppose that the optical path is broken in the direction from Site 1 and Site 2, at some point between points (3) and (4). The following actions will take place at each site. If the fault is in the other fiber, then the sequence of events at Site 1 and at Site 2 will be reversed. In the fiber break scenario, the equipment at each end of the system exchange “negative” information with each other. This means that each one relies on NOT receiving expected information (or signals) from the other party.

6.3.6.1 Site 1 Events With the fiber break between (3) and (4), both Working and Protection OSUs at Site 2 have detected a loss of incoming OSC signal (NO Tone), and the Working OSU has changed its output modulation to Tone 1. The Tone 1 OSC signal is sent to site 1 to the Working & Protection OSU OSC Input ports. The OSUs at Site 1 therefore now receive only Tone 1 (at [6]). The Working OSU does not change its outgoing modulation format (i.e. it continues to send Tone 2), but this indicates that there is some problem with the system. The OSU by itself cannot discriminate whether the fault is in the OSC loop only or if it is in the transmission system. The OSU’s conclusion is that there is some fault in the system that affects the OSC’s optical path.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 62 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

TRIB

TX

RX

OTM1

RX

TX

LINE

SITE # 1

PreAmp 5

Raman Pump

1

Booster

OSU 2

6

3

4

4

3 1

Booster

5

OSU 6

2

SITE # 2 LINE

TX

OTM1

RX

TRIB

Raman Pump PreAmp RX TX

Fiber Break_VSD

Figure 28 – Fiber Break Scenario At this point in time in Site 1 both the Working and Protection OSUs have concluded independently that there is something wrong with the system. An equipment shutdown is initiated at Site 1.

6.3.6.2 Site 2 Events At Site 2, the first event noticed is the loss of incoming OSC signal at (6) on both Working and Standby OSUs. The Working OSU responds to this by changing its modulation format from Tone 2 to Tone 1 (at [1]), indicating to the far end OSU (at [6]) that it has an incoming failure. The OSU’s conclusion is that there is some fault in the system that affects the OSC’s optical path. An equipment shutdown is initiated at Site 2, completing the system’s safety shutdown.

6.3.7

Cable Break Shutdown Process

This section details the events that take place when the optical path is damaged in both directions at the same time. This is typical of a catastrophic cable break, usually the result of external incident. Referring to Figure 29, this means that the OSC optical path is opened between points (3) and (4), and also between points [3] and [4].

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 63 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

TRIB

TX

RX

OTM1

RX

TX

LINE

SITE # 1

PreAmp 5

Raman Pump

1

Booster

OSU 2

6

3

4

4

3 1

Booster

6

2

SITE # 2 TX RX

5

OSU

LINE

OTM1 TRIB

Raman Pump PreAmp RX TX

Fiber B k2 VSD

Figure 29 – Cable Break Scenario 6.3.7.1 Site 1 and Site 2 Events In this case, both Working and Standby OSUs in both sites will receive “NO TONE” since the cable break has interrupted the fiber path in both directions. An equipment shutdown is initiated at Site 1 and Site 2.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 64 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

6.4 Equipment Management 6.4.1

General

The basic equipment management included with each RMH07 subrack is a Local Craft Terminal software. It is possible to also use a Remote Element Management Ethernet Serial Server (REM-ESS), which allows the equipment to interface to a TCP/IP network. The EMS software can only interface through a TCP/IP network. This imposes the use of a REM-ESS to interface at each RMH07-SR. Each REM-ESS allows up to 8 RMH07-SR to be connected at once.

NE1

SERIAL PORT1

W-02268

VB1

SERIAL PORT8

VB3

NE2 FIBER LINK

VB1

W-01517

VB3

REM-ESS CON

LCT

LAN

LAN (HUB, Switch, Router)

LCT

MANAGEMENT1.VSD

Figure 30 – Local Management Overview 6.4.2

Local Equipment Setup

As shown in the Figure 30, the Local Craft Terminal (LCT) can be connected directly using a serial cable extender (W-01517) or through a REM-ESS. The LCT direct connection does not require any particular setting of the computer since the LCT software is already programmed for this specific application. However, with a REM-ESS, the LCT software, EMS software and REM-ESS itself needs to be configured. For the LCT software, please refer to the RMH07 Operation Manual. For the EMS software, please refer to the EMS User Manual. The REM-ESS serial interface used with the RMH07-SR must be configured with the appropriate communication parameters. Also, the REM-ESS TCP/IP setting also must be configured with parameters meeting the customer network. For the serial port configuration, this can be done either directly via its console port or through the TCP/IP network using TELNET application. To learn how to connect and operate the REM-ESS equipment, please refer to the MOXA User Manual. The REM-ESS port used to interface to the RMH07 equipment must be configured with the following parameters: o

Port -> Mode: Application Device Control, Mode ASPP, TCP alive check time [0]

o

Port -> Line: 115200 bps, 8 bits, 1 stop bit, no parity, FIFO enable, RTS/CTS none, XON/XOFF none, Discon. Ctrl none.

For the TCP/IP parameters, the IP address and network mask address must match the customer network. Please refer to the management network plan and network administrator for these parameters. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 65 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The REM-ESS Ethernet port is a 10/100BaseT interface, which has the following features: speed auto-detect, half/full duplex. However, the port pin-out refers to a network client and requires to be attached to a network device like HUB, Switch or Router. If the application requires connecting a computer directly to the REM-ESS, a cross-connection cable is required.

6.4.3

Remote Equipment Management

The Equipment Management System (EMS) is a software package that allows several RMH07 subracks to be monitored and controlled from a single, possibly remote, site. For the purpose of this discussion, we can consider EMS to be installed on a computer or workstation at Site 1, as illustrated in the following figure. ASPP CABLE: W-02268

SERIAL PORT

FIBER LINK RMH07

PPP SRC: 192.1.2.3 DEST: 192.1. 1.3 CABLE: W-02913

SERVER IP: 192.1. 2 .254

RMH07 USER CHANNEL

ASPP CABLE: W-02268

PPP SRC: 192.1.1.3 DEST: 192.1.2.3 CABLE: W-02913

ESS

SERIAL PORT

ESS

SERVER IP: 192.1. 1.254

ALL NETWORK MASK: 255.255.255.0 LAN

LAN

LAN 192.1. 2 .0 255.255.255.0 LCT 192.1.2.2

LAN 192.1.1 .0 255.255.255.0 Workstation 192.1.1.1

LCT 192.1.1.1 MANAGEMENT2.VSD

Figure 31 – Remote Management through OTM16 User Channel The EMS at Site 1 provides a duplication of the local management functions of the LCT at that site. Access from the EMS to the RMH07 subrack is by an Ethernet connection, then by the serial cable from REM-ESS serial port to VB1 (W-02268) on the RMH07 subrack. In order to implement the remote data link, two different methods can be used, depending on whether RMH07OTM16 Transponders are used or not. With the use of an OTM16, the transponder provides a dedicated data channel that can be used to transmit management information across the link. The connections to this data channel are made via connectors VB3 on the RMH07 chassis. This connector is RS-422 (similar to V.11) compatible. In order to connect them to the ESS serial data ports (RS-232 compatible), a dedicated RS-422/RS-232 converting cable (p/n W-02913) is required for each connection. This converter cable connects directly between an RMH07 subrack and an ESS RS-232 serial port. In this application, the REM-ESS port attached to the RMH07 user channel (VB3) must be configured with the following parameters: o

Port -> Mode: Application Dialin/out, Mode PPP, for the IP parameters, please refer to the MOXA User manual and you network administrator. The Figure 31 shows an example of source and destination address for the represented network.

o

Port -> Line: 230400 bps, 8 bits, 1 stop bit, no parity, FIFO enable, RTS/CTS none, XON/XOFF none, Discon. Ctrl none.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 66 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The second method is to provide a WAN connection between each local network where RMH07 NEs are located. The WAN can be implemented using different methods and are the responsibility of the network planning. However, a minimum bandwidth of 128kbps is required for the RMH07 management communication and performance is improved if a bandwidth of 256kbps is provided.

NE1

W-02268 SERIAL PORT1

SERIAL PORT8 REM-ESS CON IP: 192.1.1.224 LAN

LCT 192.1.1.2

LAN 192.1.1.0 255.255.255.0

VB1

NE2 FIBER LINK

VB3

VB1

W-02268

VB3

SERIAL PORT1

SERIAL PORT8

REM-ESS CON IP: 192.1.2.224

WAN Bridge

Bridge

LAN

LAN 192.1.2.0 255.255.255.0 LCT 192.1.2.2 MANAGEMENT3.VSD

EMS 192.1.1.1

Figure 32 – Remote Management through WAN 6.4.4

PC Configuration (How to add a route)

Since the REM-ESS Default IP Address may not be compatible to your present network, the following step will allow the PC to reach the REM-ESS. A. From the Windows desktop, Open a DOS Command window. B. Type ‘ipconfig’ at the command prompt (C:\>) to get the PC IP Address. C. From the REM-ESS display, get the ESS IP Addresss. Typical REM-ESS address is 192.168.127.254 mask 255.255.255.0. D. To configure the PC Route, type ‘route add ESS IP Address mask 255.255.255.255 PC IP Address’ at the command prompt (C:\>). This route will be removed the next time the PC is re-started. If the user wants the route to be permanent, by typing ‘route add -p ESS IP Address mask 255.255.255.255 PC IP Address’ instead. Ex: route add –p 192.168.127.254 mask 255.255.255.255 172.27.27.199 E. Verify connection to the NE by typing ‘ping ESS IP Address’

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 67 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7 PIU Description 7.1 PIU General Information 7.1.1

Power Supply

Most PIUs (ASU, OSU, Rxx, Pxx, MLU/SLU/PLU) contain a power supply module as represented in Figure 33. These modules convert the voltage and isolate the PIU circuit from the battery feeds. Each PIU is equipped with an electronic circuit breaker (see specification section for values). In addition, each PIU has an under voltage trip circuit and an in-rush controlled limit. Telecommunication Power Feed A From -40V to -72V DC

Telecommunication Power Feed B From -40V to -72V DC

Circuit Breaker 7A rating RTN A

-BAT A

Power line filter A

Circuit Breaker 7A rating RTN B

-BAT B

Power line filter B

P1+

P1-

Chassis

P1+

P1-

Chassis

RTN A RTN B Earth GND -BAT A -BAT B

backplane

GND

all conductive parts and copper ring around PCBA

FILTER

WJ3 subrack Earth GND bounding point

-SIGNA + L

bounding via Metral power connector

bounding through backplane mechanical mounting holes

Protection Circuit

RMH subrack

Plug In Unit

RMH07_PWR.VSD

Figure 33 – RMH07 Power Distribution Scheme The input voltage range of the RMH07 is between –40V and –72V as represented in the figure below. It is intended to operate from a standard telecommunications battery feed of –48VDC or –60VDC. The RMH07 is supplied through a redundant power feed to prevent system shutdown due to one primary power supply error (i.e. faulty connecting wire, damaged power supply or cables, etc.).

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 68 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

-75.0V

-72.0V

-44.0V TURN ON POINT -43V

-40V TURN OFF POINT -39V

EQUIPMENT OFF

EQUIPMENT ON

EQUIPMENT OFF

RMH07_TURNON.VSD

Figure 34 – RMH07 Turn On/Off Voltage Limit The RMH07 must be protected with an external 7 to 10A circuit breaker to prevent damage from short-circuit current. Power is distributed to the individual PIUs through the backplane. The RMH07 is also equipped with a reverse polarity protection system to avoid damage to the subrack by incorrect voltage connection.

7.1.2

PIU Visual Indicators

The front indicators for each individual module are listed in the following sections. This section groups their similar feature for ease of reference. Figure 35 shows the LEDs for a typical RMH07 setup with OTM16, P21, R35, RFL, two OSUs and an ASU. The common board LED indicators are as follows: •

•

Operational LED: -

A single-flashing green light on any board (PIU) indicates proper operation. (This LED is mostly on, blinking off every second.)

-

The exception is the Standby OSU whose LED blinks one second on, one second off.

-

A double-flashing green light on any board indicates incomplete PIU insertion (A double flash is a repetition of the sequence, 0.2 sec on, 0.2 sec off, 0.2 sec on, 0.6 sec off.)

Failure LED: A steady red light on any board (PIU) indicates a problem with the board itself.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 69 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Flashing green light - PIU operational Double flash - PIU not fully plugged in

Front fan fault

Steady red light - PIU failure

Back fan fault

ECU

ECU

ECU

Left High Power Laser ON Right High Power Laser ON ASU 23

OSU 19 PCU 20

RCU

Rxx

Pxx

Minor alarm indicator

OTM

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Major alarm indicator

MLU MLU MLU MLU MLU MLU SLU

Critical alarm indicator

Flashing green light RMH operational LED Test Reset

OSC LOS

Line LOS Trib LOS

OSC LOS Future Use

Input LOS

Future Use

Figure 35 – Status lights on RMH07 modules 1 7.1.3

PIU Information

The following information is available through the Craft Terminal Subrack Information window. These information is provided for each PIU or replaceable item in a RMH07 shelf. ♦ Unit’s position in the RMH07 subrack ♦ Unit’s type and manufacturing number ♦ Hardware build version and revision level ♦ Serial number ♦ Product manufacturing date code (YYWW) ♦ Embedded firmware version level (PIU with micro-processor only)

1

Note: PIUs may be equipped with more LEDs than assigned functions. In these cases, the extra LEDs are not used. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 70 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.2 Transponder (RMH07-OTM16 / RMH07-OTM4) 7.2.1 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Product highlights:

1552.52-nm line wavelength for 1 channel system and ITU Grid wavelengths available for DWDM application. High Dispersion Tolerance by using External Modulator. SBS feature to allow high power transmission system (19.5dBm at STM-16). (OTM16 only) FEC improves optical transmission budget by more than 5 dB. Line output power adjustable from 0 to 6 dBm. User Channel carried through FEC overhead bits. SDH Performance Monitoring, Line side and Trib side. 4 LED indicators (Operational, Faulted, Line LOS, Trib LOS) Front access SC/UPC optical connectors Dual –48 VDC power feeds with voltage monitoring and alarming On board DC/DC converter On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories Hot swap capabilities Class 1 level laser output under normal operation (Hazard Level 1M under worst-case single fault conditions)

7.2.2

Control Parameters

♦ Line and Tributary laser operator Force Off command. ♦ Line laser output power is adjustable from 0 dBm to 6 dBm.

7.2.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored on the OTMxx and are displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: ♦ Received line input power ♦ Line output power ♦ Line laser current ♦ Line laser temperature ♦ Line transmitter wavelength ♦ Tributary output power ♦ Incoming tributary performance monitoring (EB, ES, SES, BBE, UAS values, ESR, SESR and BBER ratio). ♦ Incoming line performance monitoring (BER) before error correction (OTM16-FEC only). ♦ Incoming line performance monitoring after error FEC (EB, ES, SES, BBE, UAS values, ESR, SESR and BBER ratio).

7.2.4

Laser Control Conditions

The OTMxx has independent controls for its line laser and for its tributary (Trib) laser. Therefore, there are two sets of conditions – one set for the Line laser (Table 7-1) and another set for the Trib laser (Table 7-2). Note that since the Line and Trib laser transmitters on the OTMxx are Hazard Level 1M and Hazard Level 1 sources, respectively, they do not require positive confirmation that they are properly connected in order to be turned on.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Table 7-1 – Line laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OTMxx Laser status

Conditions

Line laser is off

One of the following is true: Line Laser Control State is Force Off, or ComGroup Disable is active, or Line laser temperature not stabilized One of the following is true: Line Laser Control State is Force On, or ComGroup Enable is active, and Line Laser Control State is in APR mode, and Line laser temperature is stabilized

Line laser is on

Table 7-2 – Trib laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OTMxx Laser status

Conditions

Trib laser is off

One of the following is true: Trib Laser Control State is Force Off, or ComGroup Disable is active, or Line input is missing One of the following is true: Trib Laser Control State is Force On, or Trib Laser Control State is in APR mode, and ComGroup Enable is active, and Line input is present

Trib laser is on

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Page 71 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.2.5

Page 72 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Hardware Description

The OTMxx is a microprocessor-based PIU. The OTMxx is a bi-directional optical unit, with a tributary short reach interface (G.957 S-4.1 for OTM4, G.957 I-16 for OTM16) and a 1550-nm Line interface intended for ultra long reach. The tributary interface is 1310-nm compliant, and includes a wide band optical receiver and a 1310-nm short haul laser transmitter. It can be connected directly to any ITU compliant terminal. The RMH07-OTM16 operates at the STM-16/OC-48 rate, while the RMH07-OTM4 operates at the STM-4/OC-12 rate. The OTM16 embeds an Out-Of-Band forward error correction (FEC). Serial Number

PIU Operational LED PIU Fault LED Line In LOS LED Trib In LOS LED

Line In Port Trib In Port

Line Out Port Trib Out Port

Model Number

RMH07_OTMPIU.VSD

Figure 36 – OTM Module MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 73 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The OTM16 has incoming Trib SDH monitoring to confirm the quality of the incoming Trib signal, and optionally provides access to an SDH overhead User Channel. This is followed by the Out-Of-Band (OOB) Forward Error Correction (FEC). The OOB FEC implements the check digits calculated for a Reed-Solomon (RS) coding scheme. The use of an OOB FEC guarantees that all of the FEC digits are outside the incoming SDH signal. This scheme is therefore suitable for transmission of any signal transmitted at 2.488 Mb/s, regardless of its framing structure. In this case, though, the SDH monitoring featured cannot be used. The FEC digits also allow a User Channel between pairs of Transponders. This User Channel is used by the MPBC in-system Element Management System (EMS). The encoded signal is superimposed onto an optical carrier at 1552.52 nm through a Mach-Zehnder optical modulator. This allows the OTM16 to achieve a very high quality optical signal. The line receiver is optimized for use at the FEC line rate (which is higher than the standard OTM-16, since it includes error correction bits). The receiver includes an adaptable threshold detector, for increased link performance. The received optical signal is then passed through the FEC decoder, where errors are corrected. The resulting corrected signal goes through an SDH monitor devices, to confirm the quality of the received signal, and then exits through the 1310-nm laser transmitter to the User’s terminal. Features summary: ♦ 4 LED indicators (Operational, Faulted, Line LOS, Trib LOS) ♦ Front access SC/UPC optical connectors ♦ Dual –48/-60 VDC power feeds with voltage monitoring and alarming ♦ On board DC/DC converter ♦ On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories ♦ Hot swap capabilities ♦ Adjustable Line output power 2.488 Gb/s optical trib input

Optical receiver

Clock & Data Recovery

SDH Overhead Monitor

FEC Encoder

RF Amplifier

Laser Diode Controller

-48VDC A -48VDC B

1550 nm DFB Laser

MachZehnder Modulator

Field replaceable

Backplane Interface

Front Panel Display

Embedded Micro-Controller

2.488 Gb/s optical trib output

2.654 Gb/s optical line output

Laser Diode Controller

DFB or Fabry-Perot Laser

SDH Overhead Monitor

FEC Decoder

Clock & Data Recovery

Optical receiver

2.654 Gb/s optical line input

OTM16_BD.VSD

Figure 37 – OTM16-FEC Functional Block Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.2.6

Page 74 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Firmware Description

The OTM firmware performs the following main tasks: ♦ Self-test at power-up and at forced reset ♦ Intra-RMH backplane communications ♦ Laser diode control and monitoring ♦ Monitoring of the incoming Loss Of Lock conditions ♦ Performance measurements ♦ Control of the LED indicators The OTMxx firmware includes the standard RMH07 APR Engine. As such, the unit expects to be part of a ComGroup, and will have a common control with the rest of that ComGroup. This allows the entire set of units (Transponder, Booster, Preamp, OSU and Raman pump) that operate jointly on the same fiber pair to have a coordinated behaviour. The OTMxx’s firmware includes the RMH07 common code that allows it to use its CAN bus to exchange messages with the other units in the subrack, and within its ComGroup. On power-up, or after a hardware reset (through a Craft Terminal command), the OTMxx goes through a self-test and initialization phase. It queries the ASU for configuration information and updates its environment variables. If there is a Force Off command active for either the line or tributary laser, the laser in question remains in the off state until the command is countermanded by the operator. If the ComGroup to which the OTMxx belongs is disabled, the OTMxx will likewise remain off. If the tributary and line laser control states are in the APR mode, then after the ComGroup to which the OTMxx belongs is enabled, the unit waits for the line laser’s temperature to be stabilized. At that point, the OTMxx will turn on its line laser transmitter. On the other hand, turn on of the tributary laser transmitter is immediate, given the added provision that the tributary laser transmitter is under firmware control that will turn it on only when the Line input of the OTMxx receives a valid signal. A valid signal can be either the far end’s transmitted signal or the far end’s AIS pattern. When there is no Tributary input to the OTMxx, the OTMxx’s firmware switches from the missing SDH signal to an AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) pattern that allows the far end Transponder to detect a valid signal, and which also allows the overhead FEC User Channel to be operational. This permits to the in-system management data link to remain in service. When in normal operation with FEC, the OTM16’s firmware constantly monitors the performance parameters available, namely the B1 BIP-8 error monitors (Trib input and Line input after error correction) as well as the line’s uncorrected error rate as provided through the FEC decoding algorithm. The performance parameters are accumulated and are provided in an ITU G.826 style. The SDH performance parameters provided are Error Blocks (EB), Error Seconds (ES), Severely Error Seconds (SES), and Unavailable Seconds (UAS), as well as the relevant rates. As for the line’s uncorrected performance, only the current BER is provided. This latter parameter is periodically used by the line receiver’s optimizing loop sub-routine to try to improve the received error rate, by slightly adjusting the detection threshold. At all times, the OTMxx monitors the alarms that arise from its optical sub-modules. The principal ones relate to the states of the laser transmitter and the line receiver. When alarms occur, they are logged by the OTMxx and the local summary count is updated. When the ASU does its periodic alarm verification, the OTMxx provides the most recent summary. Subsequently, upon requests from the Craft Terminal, the OTMxx will forward through the ASU the details of all active alarms. The OTMxx constantly updates the status of the four LED displays, as indicated in Table 7-3 in the following section.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.2.7

Page 75 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

OTMxx Visual Indicators

The OTMxx has four visual indicators. The first two are the PIU-related indicators, and pertain only to the unit. The remaining two are LOS indicators for the Line input and for the Trib input, respectively. Table 7-3 identifies the visual indicators on the RMH07-OTMxx unit.

Table 7-3 – RMH07-OTMxx Visual Indicators Colour

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

Yellow

Line LOS

This indicator is turned on when there is no optical signal at the line input port. This decision is made solely based on the measure of the incident optical power, not on the presence of a valid, intelligible signal.

Yellow

Trib LOS

This indicator is turned on when there is no optical signal at the tributary input port.

PIU PIU Fault Line LOS Trib LOS Normal Operation

PIU has faulted

Low line signal

Low trib signal OTM_LED.VSD

Figure 38 – LED indicators on the RMH07-OTMxx

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.2.8

Page 76 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Alarms Generated by the RMH07-OTMxx

The alarms generated by the RMH07-OTMxx unit are shown in Table 7-4. They are divided into four categories – Operational, PIU, OLM, and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator).

Table 7-4 – RMH07-OTMxx Alarm Table Operational Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Loss Of Signal at Line input Loss Of Lock (Loss of synchronization) at Line input Loss Of Lock (Loss of synchronization) at Trib input Communication failure with OLM sub-module Software fault

CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL Major

No No No YES No

PIU Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Board temperature exceeds limits 5V supply exceeds limits 3.3V supply exceeds limits -5.2V supply exceeds limits

Major Major Major Major

No No No No

OLM (laser module) Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Laser Diode current controller is overheating * Thermistor control voltage is outside limits * Laser Diode current is at maximum Thermistor current is at maximum Laser Diode temperature exceeds min/max limit Laser Diode case temperature exceeds min/max limit Laser Diode power is below minimum threshold Laser Diode current is outside stability limits Laser Diode temperature is outside stability limits Laser Diode wavelength locking loop is outside stability limits SBS amplitude is below minimum threshold Laser Diode temperature is above high/low alarm threshold TEC current exceeds its min/max limit Case temperature exceeds high/low thresholds

CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL Major Major Major Major Major Major Major

YES YES YES YES YES No No No No No No No No No

* Results in the laser diode being shutdown

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 77 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-OTMxx Alarm Table (continued) Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted Cannot get ComGroup information from ASU Missing sub-module (OLM) Missing or incorrect User provisioning data Optical discontinuity between OLM and OMM sub-modules Cannot access ASU to store provisioning data Laser diode has been Forced Off

Major Major CRITICAL Major CRITICAL Minor Minor

YES YES YES No YES No No

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.2.9

Page 78 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH-OTMxx Specifications

The RMH07-OTMxx Transponder specifications are shown in Table 7-5 to Table 7-7.

Table 7-5 – OTMxx Electrical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

-

-

-75.0

V

Operating Voltage range

-40.0

-

-72.0

V

Turn on Voltage

-42.0

-

-44.0

V

Turn off Voltage

-38.0

-

-40.0

V

-

1.3

2.0

A

Current protection

2.4

5.0

5.5

A

Consumption (OTM4)

23

-

36

W

Consumption (OTM16)

23

-

42

W

Maximum Voltage

Inrush current

Table 7-6 – OTMxx Optical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Output Peak Power (BOL ; EOL)

Pline

0

-

6

dBm

Tx Line Signal Wavelength

λline

-

1552.52

-

nm

Rx Line Signal Sensitivity (STM4)

-28

-

-8

dBm

Rx Line Signal Sensitivity (STM16)

-22

-

-2

dBm

-

1310

-

nm

λtrib

Tx Trib Signal Wavelength

Comments

As per ITU DWDM grid

ITU-T G.957, I-16 OTM16 ITU-T G.957, S-4.1 OTM4

Tx Trib Output Power (STM4)

-15

-

-8

dBm

Tx Trib Output Power (STM16)

-10

-

-3

dBm

Rx Trib Signal Sensitivity (STM4)

-28

-

-7

dBm

Rx Trib Signal Sensitivity (STM16)

-18

-

-3

dBm

Table 7-7 – OTMxx Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

1.8

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

38

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 79 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-8 – OTMxx Environmental Specification Conditions

Specification

Shipping and storage temperature

-40 °C to +70 °C

Constant-use operating temperature

+5 °C to +40 °C

Short-term operating temperature

-5 °C to 55 °C

Constant-use relative humidity

5 % to 85 %

Short-term relative humidity

5 % to 90 % non-condensing humidity; should not exceed 0.024 kg of water per 1.0 kg of dry air.

Table 7-9 – OTMxx Reliability Specification Parameter

Specification

Unit

FIT Value

4483

FIT

MTBF

25.46

Years

Table 7-10 – OTMxx Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Tributary Input

SC/UPC

TRIB. IN

Tributary Output

SC/UPC

TRIB. OUT

Line Input

SC/UPC

LINE IN

Line Output

SC/UPC

LINE OUT

CAUTION: HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 80 mW λ:1520-1570 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 80 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.3 Transponder (RMH07-OTM64) 7.3.1 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Product highlights:

1552.52-nm line wavelength for 1 channel system and ITU Grid wavelengths available for DWDM application. SBS feature to allow high power transmission system (up to 17dBm launch power). FEC improves optical transmission budget by more than 7 dB. User Channel carried through FEC overhead bits. SDH Performance Monitoring, Line side and Trib side. 4 LED indicators (Operational, Faulted, Line LOS, Trib LOS) Front access LC/UPC optical connectors Dual –48 VDC power feeds On board DC/DC converter On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories Hot swap capabilities Class 1 level laser output under normal operation (Hazard Level 1M under worst-case single fault conditions)

7.3.2

Control Parameters

♦ Line and Tributary laser operator Force OFF/ON and APR command. ♦ Line Receiver decision threshold

7.3.3 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Monitor Points

Line receiver input power Line receiver temperature Line transmitter output power Line transmitter laser current Line transmitter laser temperature Line transmitter wavelength Line transceiver case temperature Tributary receiver input power Tributary transmitter output power Tributary transmitter laser current Tributary transceiver case temperature Mother-board internal voltages (1.2V, 1.5V, 1.8V, 2.5V, 3.3V, 5.0V, -5.2V) Incoming tributary performance monitoring (EB, ES, SES, BBE, UAS values, ESR, SESR and BBER ratio). Incoming line performance monitoring (BER) before error correction. Incoming line performance monitoring after error FEC (EB, ES, SES, BBE, UAS values, ESR, SESR and BBER ratio).

7.3.4

Laser Control Conditions

The OTM64 has independent controls for its line laser and for its tributary (Trib) laser. Therefore, there are two sets of conditions – one set for the Line laser (Table 7-1) and another set for the Tributary laser (Table 7-2). Note that since the Line and Tributary laser transmitters on the OTM64 are Hazard Level 1M and Hazard Level 1 sources, respectively, they do not require positive confirmation that they are properly connected in order to be turned on.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 81 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-11 – Line laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OTM64 Laser status

Conditions

Line laser is off

One of the following is true: Line Laser Control State is Force Off, or ComGroup Disable is active One of the following is true: Line Laser Control State is Force On, or ComGroup Enable is active, and Line Laser Control State is in APR mode

Line laser is on

Table 7-12 – Trib laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OTM64 Laser status

Conditions

Trib laser is off

One of the following is true: Trib Laser Control State is Force Off, or ComGroup Disable is active, or Line input is missing One of the following is true: Trib Laser Control State is Force On, or Trib Laser Control State is in APR mode, and ComGroup Enable is active, and Line input is present (Line LOL FEC alarm not declared)

Trib laser is on

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.3.5

Page 82 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Hardware Description

The OTM64 is a microprocessor-based PIU. The OTM is a bi-directional optical unit, with a tributary short reach interface and a 1552.52 nm Line interface intended for ultra long reach. The tributary interface is 1310-nm, and includes a wide band optical receiver and a 1310 nm short haul laser transmitter. It can be connected directly to any ITU-T G.691 I-64.1 compliant interface.

SERIAL NUMBER

OPER FAULT LINE LOS TRIB LOS

TRIB IN

TRIB OUT

LINE IN LINE OUT

MODEL NUMBER

OTM64

Figure 39 – OTM Module

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 83 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The OTM64 has incoming Trib SDH monitoring to confirm the quality of the incoming Trib signal. This is followed by the Out-Of-Band (OOB) Forward Error Correction (FEC). The OOB FEC implements the check digits calculated for a proprietary Reed-Solomon (RS) coding scheme. The use of an OOB FEC guarantees that all of the FEC digits are outside the incoming SDH signal. This scheme is therefore suitable for transmission of any signal transmitted at 9.953 Gb/s, regardless of its framing structure. In this case, though, the SDH monitoring featured cannot be used. The FEC digits also allow a User Channel between pairs of Transponders. This User Channel is typically used by the MPBC in-system Element Management System (EMS). The line receiver is optimized for use at the FEC line rate (which is higher than the standard OC-192/STM-64, since it includes error correction bits). The receiver includes an adjustable threshold detector, for increased link performance. The received optical signal is then passed through the FEC decoder, where errors are corrected. The resulting corrected signal goes through an SDH monitor devices, to confirm the quality of the received signal, and then exits through the 1310-nm laser transmitter to the User’s terminal.

Tributary OH Monitor

FEC Encoder

2Mbps User Channel

Optical Tributary (Client)

Tributary Pluggable XFP

SERDES & CDR Tributary OH Monitor

User Control via Craft software

FEC Decoder & Performance Monitor

SERDES & CDR

CPU

Figure 40 – OTM64 Functional Block Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Line Transceiver

Optical Line

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.3.6

Page 84 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Firmware Description

The OTM64 firmware performs the following main tasks: ♦ Self-test at power-up and at forced reset ♦ Intra-RMH backplane communications ♦ Laser diode control and monitoring ♦ Monitoring of the incoming Loss Of Lock conditions ♦ Traffic Performance measurements ♦ Report alarms and visual LED indicators On power-up, or after a hardware reset (through a Craft Terminal command), the OTM64 goes through a self-test and initialization phase. It queries the ASU for configuration information and updates its environment variables. If there is a Force Off command active for either the line or tributary laser, the laser in question remains in the off state until the command is countermanded by the operator. If the ComGroup to which the OTM belongs is disabled, the OTM will likewise remain off. If the tributary and line laser control states are in the APR mode, then after the ComGroup to which the OTM64 belongs is enabled. The OTM64 will turn on its line laser transmitter. On the other hand, turn on of the tributary laser transmitter is immediate, given the added provision that the tributary laser transmitter is under firmware control that will turn it on only when the Line input of the OTM64 receives a valid signal. A valid signal can be either the far end’s transmitted signal or the far end’s AIS pattern. When there is no Tributary input to the OTM64, the OTM64’s firmware switches from the missing SDH signal to an AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) pattern that allows the far end Transponder to detect a valid signal, and which also allows the overhead FEC User Channel to be operational. This permits to the in-system management data link to remain in service. When in normal operation with FEC, the OTM64’s firmware constantly monitors the performance parameters available, namely the B1 BIP-8 error monitors (Trib input and Line input after error correction) as well as the line’s uncorrected error rate as provided through the FEC decoding algorithm. The performance parameters are accumulated and are provided in an ITU G.826 style and cumulated over 15 minutes period. The SDH performance parameters provided are Error Blocks (EB), Error Seconds (ES), Severely Error Seconds (SES), and Unavailable Seconds (UAS), as well as the relevant rates. As for the line’s uncorrected performance, only the current BER is provided. At all times, the OTM64 monitors the alarms that arise from its optical sub-modules. The principal ones relate to the states of the laser transmitter and the line receiver. When alarms occur, they are logged by the OTM64 and the local summary count is updated. When the ASU does its periodic alarm verification, the OTM64 provides the most recent summary. Subsequently, upon requests from the Craft Terminal, the OTM64 will forward through the ASU the details of all active alarms. The OTM64 constantly updates the status of the four LED displays, as indicated in Table 7-3 in the following section.

7.3.7

OTM64 Visual Indicators

The OTM64 has four visual indicators. The first two are the PIU-related indicators, and pertain only to the unit. The remaining two are LOS indicators for the Line input and for the Trib input, respectively. Table 7-3 identifies the visual indicators on the RMH07-OTM64 unit.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 85 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-13 – RMH07-OTM64 Visual Indicators Colour

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

Yellow

Line LOS

This indicator is turned on when there is no optical signal at the line input port. This decision is made solely based on the measure of the incident optical power, not on the presence of a valid, intelligible signal.

Yellow

Trib LOS

This indicator is turned on when there is no optical signal at the tributary input port.

PIU PIU Fault Line LOS Trib LOS Normal Operation

PIU has faulted

Low line signal

Low trib signal OTM_LED.VSD

Figure 41 – LED indicators on the RMH07-OTM64

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.3.8

Page 86 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Alarms Generated by the RMH07-OTM64

The alarms generated by the RMH07-OTM64 unit are shown in Table 7-4. They are divided into four categories – Operational, PIU, OLM, and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator).

Table 7-14 – RMH07-OTM64 Alarm Table Alarm description PIU not expected in this slot Can't Access Master Controller Card (ASU) No ComGroup ID from ASU at startup Can't get Customer Provisioning data Failed to Initialize CAN FEC Access Error FPGA Access Error Faulty I2C Controller (or device) Board temperature exceeded limits +1.2Volt exceeded limits +1.5Volt exceeded limits +1.8Volt exceeded limits +2.5Volt exceeded limits +5Volts exceeded limits +3.3Volt exceeded limits -5.2Volt exceeded limits SPI Bus error for device: memory SPI bus error for device: dither waveform SPI bus error for device: dither amplitude Provisioning Missing for Device: Trib Transceiver Provisioning Missing for Device: CLOCK1 Provisioning Missing for Device: CLOCK2 Provisioning Missing for Device: CLOCK3 Provisioning Missing for Device: CLOCK4 Provisioning Missing for Device: SERDES Provisioning Missing for Device: Dither Provisioning Missing for Device: Line Rx threshold Provisioning Missing for Device: Line Tx Channel Provisioning Missing for Device: FEC Provisioning Missing for Device: BER Sampling Missing/Bad EEPROM Inventory data Trib Rx LOS Trib Rx LOL Trib Tx LOO Trib SDH LOF Trib Errored Blocks Rate (EBR) Alarm Trib Transceiver NOT Inserted Trib Tx Fault

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Severity level Minor Minor Major Major Critical Major Major Major Major Major Major Major Major Major Major Major Major Major Major Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Minor Critical Critical Critical Critical Minor Critical Critical

Fault Indication No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes No No Yes Yes

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Alarm description Trib Tx Temp OOR Trib Tx LD Current OOR Trib Transceiver +5.0Volts exceeded limit Trib Transceiver +3.3Volts exceeded limit Trib Laser Force OFF Trib Laser Force ON Trib Laser Force ON for 15 min Trib Rx Clock Failure Trib Tx Clock Failure SERDES Rx LOL SERDES Tx LOL SERDES Tx LOL SERDES TX FIFO Line Rx LOS Line Rx LOL Line SDH LOF Line LOL (FEC) Line FEC BER Alarm Line Tx LOO Line Tx LD Current OOR Line Tx Temp OOR Line Tx End of Life Line Laser Wavelength OOR Line Modulator Bias Current OOR Line Modulator Temp OOR Line Transceiver -5.2Volts exceeded limit Line Transceiver +3.3Volts exceeded limit Line Transceiver +5.0Volts exceeded limit Line Laser Force OFF Line Laser Force ON Line Laser Force ON for 15 min Line Rx Clock Failure Line Tx Clock Failure

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Page 87 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Severity level Critical Critical Major Major Minor Minor Minor Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Minor Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Critical Minor Minor Minor Critical Critical

Fault Indication Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.3.9

Page 88 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH-OTM64 Specifications

The RMH07-OTM64 Transponder specifications are shown in Table 7-5 to Table 7-7.

Table 7-15 – OTM64 Electrical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

-

-

-75.0

V

Operating Voltage range

-40.0

-

-72.0

V

Turn on Voltage

-42.0

-

-44.0

V

Turn off Voltage

-38.0

-

-40.0

V

Inrush current

-

1.3

2.0

A

Consumption

23

35

50

W

Maximum Voltage

Table 7-16 – OTM64 Optical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Line Tx Output Power (BOL ; EOL)

Pline

0

-

7

dBm

Line Tx Signal Wavelength

λline

-

1552.52

-

nm

Line Rx Signal Sensitivity

-22

-

-7

dBm

Trib Tx Output Power

-6

-

-1

dBm

-

1310

-

nm

Trib Rx Signal Sensitivity

-11

-

-5

Trib Rx Wavelength Range

1260

-

1600

λtrib

Trib Tx Signal Wavelength

Comments

As per ITU DWDM grid

ITU-T G.691, I-64.1

dBm 9953 Mbps @ 1x10-12 nm

Table 7-17 – OTM64 Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

1.8

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

38

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 89 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-18 – OTM64 Environmental Specification Conditions

Specification

Shipping and storage temperature

-40 °C to +70 °C

Constant-use operating temperature

+5 °C to +40 °C -5 °C to 55 °C

Short-term operating temperature Constant-use relative humidity

5 % to 85 %

Short-term relative humidity

5 % to 90 % non-condensing humidity; should not exceed 0.024 kg of water per 1.0 kg of dry air.

Table 7-19 – OTM64 Reliability Specification Parameter

Specification

Unit

FIT Value

TBD

FIT

MTBF

TBD

Years

Table 7-20 – OTM64 Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Tributary Input

LC/UPC

TRIB. IN

Tributary Output

LC/UPC

TRIB. OUT

Line Input

LC/UPC

LINE IN

Line Output

LC/UPC

LINE OUT

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 90 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.4 Optical Booster Narrowband with Dual OSC IN port (RMH07-Pxx-Cn) The RMH07-Pxx-Cn is an optical amplifier that provides amplification for a wavelength range between 1530 nm and 1560 nm. The optical amplifier uses one or two laser diodes at wavelength of 980nm or 1480nm which pumps light into an Erbium doped fiber. This amplifier is mainly for single channel. OSC option for either redundant OSC or triple OSC for ROPA applications are available.

7.4.1

Control Parameters

♦ The Force Off command is available for the Pxx units. ♦ Booster output power is adjustable.

7.4.2

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored by the PIU and displayed via the RMH07-CT or EMS software: ♦ Received input power ♦ Output power ♦ Back-reflected power ♦ Case temperature ♦ OSC Input power

7.4.3

Laser Control Conditions

The RMH07-Pxx-Cn Booster contains several laser diodes – all are EDFA pump lasers. The controls for all lasers are ganged together. Conditions for turning on or off these laser diodes are indicated in the following table.

Table 7-21 – Laser on/mute/off control conditions for RMH07-Pxx-Cn Laser status

Conditions

Pump lasers are off

One of the following is true: Force Off is active, or ComGroup Disable is active, or FIM declares that the link is bad.

EDFA is muted (pump lasers are on, but in a reduced power state)

All of the following are true: Force Off is inactive, and ComGroup Enable is active, and FIM declares that the link is good, and Booster does not receive power at its input

Pump lasers are on

All of the following are true: Force Off is inactive, and ComGroup Enable is active, and FIM declares that the link is good, and Booster receives power at its input

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.4.4

Page 91 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Hardware Description

The Pxx Booster (or Power amplifier) produces saturated output power, not gain flattened, at a maximum level of xx dBm, where xx may be 12, 15 or 17. Its major function is to provide optical amplification to high power levels of one or a few optical signals, centered about 1550 nm. The output power of the highest power model (the P17) under worst-case single fault conditions is less than the Class 1M limit and therefore, this family of amplifiers are Hazard Level 1M sources and do not require an Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS) feature for laser safety. However, if they are used in a system in which distributed Raman amplification or a Remote Optically Pumped Amplifier (ROPA) is employed at the receiving end of the link, the Pxx booster amplifiers must be equipped with the coupling optics required for insertion of the Fiber Integrity Monitor (FIM) OSC signals. The -C5 model includes coupling optics for redundant 1574-nm OSC signals while the -C6 model allows insertion of the additional 1620-nm OSC signal required for links with a ROPA. The Pxx-C5 has four optical connections – optical signal input, optical signal output, and 2xOSC input – all equipped with SC/UPC optical connectors accessible from the front of the module. The -C6 model has one additional OSC input connector for the 1620-nm OSC signal. The module is double-width, fitting into two slots of a RMH07 subrack. Four front LEDs indicate its operational status. The module is a microprocessor-based PIU and embeds the following function: ♦ Dual –48 VDC power feeds with voltage monitoring and alarming ♦ On board DC/DC converter ♦ On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories ♦ Hot swap capabilities ♦ EDFA module The EDFA module contains the laser diodes and all of the required laser diode control and monitor circuitry, and operates semi-autonomously from the controller card. Once its operating parameters have been set through the controller card, the optical module acts to maintain these operating parameters to the values that have been set by the user. In particular, the optical module has the following characteristics: ♦ SC/UPC optical interface ♦ Integrated 1574 nm 2xOSC insertion couplers (-C5 Option) ♦ Integrated 1574 nm 2xOSC insertion couplers plus 1620 nm 1xOSC insertion coupler (-C6 Option) ♦ RS-232 serial data link for control & monitoring through the PIU card ♦ Automatic Power Control (APC) to maintain a stable output power in the presence of input power fluctuations ♦ MUTE mode that reduces output power level to within IEC Class 1 levels when there is a loss of input signal.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 92 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

OSC IN 1574 OSC IN 1574 SIGNAL IN

SIGNAL OUT

EDFA

EDFA Communication +5VDC

OPER (Green)

MCU

FAULT (RED) INPUT LOS (YEL)

PWR SUPPLY Backplane Communication -48VDC -48VDC (BAT A) (BAT B)

OSC LOS (YEL)

RMH07-PXX-C5Function Block_VSD

Figure 42 – Pxx-C5 Functional Block Diagram

OSC IN 1620 OSC IN 1574 OSC IN 1574

SIGNAL IN

SIGNAL OUT

EDFA

EDFA Communication +5VDC

OPER (Green)

MCU

FAULT (RED) INPUT LOS (YEL) OSC LOS (YEL)

PWR SUPPLY Backplane Communication -48VDC (BAT A)

-48VDC (BAT B)

RMH07-Pxx - C6 _BLK.VSD

Figure 43 – Pxx-C6 Functional Block Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.4.5

Page 93 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Firmware Description

The Pxx firmware rests within the electronic PIU card. The unit’s firmware includes the standard RMH07 APR Engine. On power-up, or after a hardware reset (through a Craft Terminal command), the Pxx goes through a self-test and initialization phase. It queries the ASU for configuration information and updates its environment variables. If there is a Force Off command active, the Pxx will remain in the off state until the command is countermanded by the operator. If the ComGroup to which it belongs is disabled, the Pxx will likewise remain off. After the ComGroup to which the Pxx belongs is enabled, the Pxx waits for a message from its ComGroup’s Fiber Integrity Monitor (FIM) subsystem (-C5 and -C6 models) to indicate that the link is safe to use. At that point, the Pxx will enable its pump diodes. Depending on whether there is an input signal or not, the Pxx will either go to its normal operating level or will mute its output to a Class 1 level. The Pxx remains in either of these two states as a function of its input power. At all times, the Pxx monitors the alarms that arise from its optical module. The principal ones relate to the state of the laser diodes. When alarms occur, they are logged by the Pxx and the local summary count in updated. When the ASU does its periodic alarm verification, the Pxx provides the most recent summary. Subsequently, upon requests from the Craft Terminal, the Pxx will forward through the ASU the details of all active alarms. The Pxx constantly updates the status of the four LED indicators that it uses. The first green OPERATIONAL indicator is on and blinks as soon as the unit has completed its self-test and initialization phase. The second red FAULT indicator only gets turned on when the firmware detects an internal fault that prevents the unit from performing its intended function. The third yellow LOS indicator is on whenever there is insufficient optical power at the signal input to the unit. Finally, the last yellow OSC LOS indicator (which is only active in Pxx-Cx models) is on whenever the OSC signal monitor detects a loss of the OSC signal entering the booster OSC IN port(s) to be combined and transmitted together with the signal.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.4.6

Page 94 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Pxx Visual Indicators

The Pxx has four visual indicators. The first two are the PIU related indicators, and pertain only to the unit. The third indicator indicates the absence of optical power at the amplifier’s input port. The fourth indicator indicates the absence of the OSC transmit signal from the OSU PIU. Table 7-22 identifies the visual indicators on the RMH07-Pxx-Cn unit.

Table 7-22 – RMH07-Pxx-C5 Visual Indicators Color

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

Yellow

Loss Of Signal

This indicator is turned on whenever a Loss of optical power is detected at the signal input port.

Yellow

OSC Loss

This indicator is turned on whenever a loss of optical power is detected at all the OSC input ports.

PIU Operational PIU Fault Input LOS OSC LOS Normal Operation

PIU has faulted

Input LOS signal

Low OSC signal Pxx-Cn_LED.VSD

Figure 44 – LED indicators on the RMH07-Pxx-Cn Booster Amplifier

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.4.7

Page 95 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Alarms Generated by the Pxx-Cn

The following alarms can be generated by the RMH07-Pxx-Cn unit. They are divided into four categories: Operational, PIU, Optical Module, and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator).

Table 7-23 – RMH07-Pxx-Cn Alarm Table Operational Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Software fault

Minor

No

PIU Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Board temperature exceeds limits 5V supply exceeds limits 3.3V supply exceeds limits

Major Major Major

No No No

Optical Module Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Optical Module input power too low (Loss Of Signal) Optical Module output power too low Optical Module Laser Diode temperature too high/low Excessive Laser Diode temperature Excessive Laser Diode current Optical Module communications error Optical Module case temperature fault Optical Module Watchdog alarm triggered OSC Loss

CRITICAL CRITICAL Major CRITICAL CRITICAL Major CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL

No No No YES YES No YES YES No

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted Cannot get ComGroup information from ASU Cannot access ASU to store provisioning data Laser diode has been Forced Off

Major Major Minor Minor

YES YES No No

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.4.8

Page 96 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-Pxx-Cn Specifications

The Pxx specifications can be found in the tables below.

Table 7-24 – Pxx-Cn Electrical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

-

-

-75.0

V

Operating Voltage range

-40.0

-

-72.0

V

Turn on Voltage

-42.0

-

-44.0

V

Turn off Voltage

-38.0

-

-40.0

V

-

1.3

2.0

A

Current protection

2.4

5.0

5.5

A

Consumption (P15-P17)

4.5

-

15

W

Maximum Voltage

Inrush current

Max

Unit

Table 7-25 – Pxx-Cn Optical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Output power range (P12)

10

12

12.5

dBm

Output power range (P15)

12

15

15.5

dBm

Output power range (P17)

14

17

17.5

dBm

1545

1550

1555

nm

OSC Insertion loss

-

-

2

dB

OSC Bandpass

-

0.8

-

nm

OSC Central Wavelength (-C5)

-

1574

-

nm

OSC Central Wavelength (-C6)

-

1574 + 1620

-

nm

Signal passband

Table 7-26 – Pxx-Cn Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

1.3

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

38

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 97 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-27 – Pxx-Cn Environmental Specification Conditions

Specification

Shipping and storage temperature

-40 °C to +70 °C

Constant-use operating temperature

+5 °C to +40 °C

Short-term operating temperature

-5 °C to 55 °C

Constant-use relative humidity

5 % to 85 %

Short-term relative humidity

5 % to 90 % non-condensing humidity; should not exceed 0.024 kg of water per 1.0 kg of dry air.

Table 7-28 – Pxx-Cn Reliability Specification Parameter

Specification

Unit

FIT Value

3097

FIT

37

Years

MTBF

Table 7-29 – Pxx-Cn Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Input

SC/UPC

SIG IN

Signal Output

SC/UPC

SIG OUT CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1M DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 135 mW λ:1520-1570 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

Redundant 1574 nm OSC Signal Inputs (2)

SC/UPC

OSC IN

1620 nm OSC Signal Input (-C6 Model)

SC/UPC

OSC IN

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

1620 nm

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 98 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Model Number Serial Number

Operational LED Fault LED LOS LED OSC LOS LED

Debug Port

CAUTION

Signal Out Port

INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1M DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 135mW λ:1520-1620nm IEC 60825-2:2007

1620 nm OSC In Port (-C6 Option)

Signal In Port OSC IN

1574 nm OSC In Port

1574 nm OSC In Port

Model Name

Pxx-Cn_PIU.VSD

Figure 45 – RMH07-Pxx-Cn Unit

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 99 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.5 Optical Booster (RMH07-P24F-Cn, -P24F-Cn-S) The P24F-Cn and P24F-Cn-S are +24 dBm gain-flattened optical amplifiers for C-band signals in the wavelength range from 1530 to 1565 nm. The -S variant provides for operation over a larger range of input signal powers (down to –10 dBm) than its non -S counterpart. These optical amplifiers use two laser diodes, one at a wavelength of 980 nm and the second at 1480 nm, to pump lengths of Erbium doped fiber. They provide Class 3B level output powers but are subject to Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS) in the event of an interruption in the output fiber path and are therefore Hazard Level 1M sources of optical radiation.

7.5.1 • • •

Control Parameters

Force Off command Two operating modes: APC and AGC Booster gain and output power are adjustable

7.5.2

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored on the P24F unit and are displayed on the Craft Terminal MONITOR window: • • • • • • •

Input power Output power Back-reflected power OSC signal power Case temperature (EDFA module) Laser diode temperatures Laser currents and TEC currents

7.5.3

Laser Control Conditions

The RMH07-P24F-Cn Boosters contain two EDF pump laser diodes. The controls for both lasers are ganged together. Conditions for turning on or off these laser diodes are indicated in the following table.

Table 7-30 – Laser on/mute/off control conditions for RMH07-P24F-Cn Laser Status

Conditions

Pump lasers are off

One of the following is true: Force Off is active, or Operator Disable is active, or FIM declares that the link is bad.

EDFA is muted (pump lasers are on, but in a reduced power state)

All of the following are true: Force Off is inactive, and Operator Enable is active, and FIM declares that the link is good, and Booster does not receive power at its input

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 100 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Laser Status

Conditions

Pump lasers are on

All of the following are true: Force Off is inactive, and Operator Enable is active, and FIM declares that the link is good, and Booster receives power at its input

7.5.4

Hardware/Optical Description

The P24F-Cn Boosters (or Power amplifiers) provide gain-flattened amplification of multiple C-band signal channels (1530 to 1565 nm). The amplifiers have a nominal gain of 15 dB and a maximum saturated output power of 24 dBm. The P24F-C5 model has six optical connections, all with SC/UPC optical connectors accessible from the front of the module – optical signal input, optical signal output, back reflection monitor output, output signal monitor and two OSC inputs, allowing for redundant OSC operation at 1574 nm. The -C6 model also has six optical connections although, in this case, the back reflection monitor is replaced by a third OSC input, allowing operation with a redundant OSC pair at 1574 nm plus a single 1620-nm OSC for links with a Remote Optically Pumped Amplifier (ROPA). With its heatsink, the P24F-Cn PIU fills three slots of an RMH07 subrack. Four front LEDs indicate its operational status – Operational, Faulted, Input LOS and OSC LOS. The controller card is an electronics only PIU card with a standard RMH07 equipment chassis interface. It contains all of the generic RMH07 PIU features, such as: • • • •

Dual –48 VDC power feeds with voltage monitoring and alarming On board DC/DC converter On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories Hot swap capabilities

The EDFA module contains the laser diodes and all of the required laser diode control and monitor circuitry, and operates semi-autonomously from the controller card. Once its operating parameters have been set through the controller card, the optical module acts to maintain these operating parameters to the values that have been set by the user. In particular, the optical module has the following characteristics: • •

SC/UPC optical interfaces Integrated OSC combiner(s), OSC launch power monitor and OSC insertion coupler for: redundant 1574 nm OSC (-C5 model) redundant 1574 nm plus single 1620 nm OSCs (-C6 model)

• • • •

Full C-band gain flattened optical bandwidth Automatic Power Control (APC) mode to maintain a stable output power in the presence of input power fluctuations Automatic Gain Control (AGC) mode to maintain a constant gain in the presence of changes in composite input power as would occur with changes in the number of signal channels MUTE mode that reduces the output power level to within IEC Class 1 levels when there is a loss of input signal.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 101 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

OSC IN 1574 OSC IN 1574 SIGNAL IN

SIGNAL OUT MON. OUT BACK REF.

EDFA

EDFA Communication +5VDC

OPER (Green)

MCU

FAULT (RED) INPUT LOS (YEL)

PWR SUPPLY Backplane Communication -48VDC (BAT A)

OSC LOS (YEL)

-48VDC (BAT B)

RMH07-P24F-C5 _BLK.VSD

Figure 46 – RMH07-P24F-C5 Functional Block Diagram

OSC IN 1620 OSC IN 1574 OSC IN 1574

SIGNAL IN

SIGNAL OUT

EDFA

MON. OUT

EDFA Communication +5VDC

OPER (Green)

MCU

FAULT (RED) INPUT LOS (YEL) OSC LOS (YEL)

PWR SUPPLY Backplane Communication -48VDC (BAT A)

-48VDC (BAT B)

RMH07-P24F-C6 _BLK.VSD

Figure 47 – RMH07-P24F-C6 Functional Block Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.5.5

Page 102 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Firmware Description

The P24F-Cn firmware resides on the electronic PIU card. The unit’s firmware includes the standard RMH07 APR Engine. On power-up, or after a hardware reset (through a Craft Terminal command), the P24F-Cn goes through a self-test and initialization phase. It queries the ASU for configuration information and updates its environment variables. If there is a Force Off command active, the P24F-Cn will remain in the off state until the command is countermanded by the operator. If the ComGroup to which it belongs is disabled, the P24F-Cn will likewise remain off. After the ComGroup to which the P24F-Cn belongs is enabled, the P24F-Cn waits for a message from its ComGroup’s Fiber Integrity Monitor (FIM) subsystem to indicate that the link is safe to use. At that point, the P24F-Cn will enable its pump diodes. Depending on whether there is an input signal or not, the P24F-Cn will either go to its normal operating level or will mute its output to a Class 1 level. The P24F-Cn remains in either of these two states as a function of its input power. When the ComGroup’s FIM indicates that the link’s integrity has been compromised, the P24F-Cn will turn off its pump lasers and will resume waiting for a positive message from the FIM. At all times, the P24F-Cn monitors the alarms that arise from its optical module. The principal ones relate to the state of the laser diodes. When alarms occur, they are logged by the P24F-Cn and the local summary count is updated. When the ASU does its periodic alarm verification, the P24F-Cn provides the most recent summary. Subsequently, upon requests from the Craft Terminal, the P24F-Cn will forward through the ASU the details of all active alarms. The P24F-Cn also reports the presence or absence of the transmit OSC signal for the FIM function. The P24F-Cn constantly updates the status of the four LED indicators that it uses. The green OPERATIONAL indicator is on and blinks as soon as the unit has completed its self-test and initialization phase. The red FAULT indicator is only turned on when the firmware detects an internal fault that prevents the unit from performing its intended function. The yellow INPUT LOS indicator is on whenever there is insufficient optical power at the signal input to the unit. Finally, the yellow OSC LOS indicator is on whenever the OSC signal monitor detects a loss of the OSC signal entering the booster OSC IN port(s) to be combined and transmitted together with the signal.

7.5.6

P24F-Cn Visual Indicators

The P24F-Cn has four visual indicators. The first two are the PIU related indicators, and pertain only to the unit. The third indicator indicates the absence of optical power at the amplifier’s input port. The fourth indicator reports the absence of optical power at the amplifier’s OSC In ports. Table 7-31 identifies the visual indicators.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 103 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-31 – RMH07-P24F-Cn Visual Indicators Color

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

Yellow

Input Loss Of Signal

This indicator is turned on whenever a loss of optical power is detected at the signal input port.

Yellow

OSC Loss of Signal

This indicator is turned on whenever a loss of optical power is detected at all the OSC input ports.

PIU Operational PIU Fault Input LOS OSC LOS Normal Operation

PIU has faulted

Loss of input signal

Low OSC signal RMH07-P24F-Cn_LED.VSD

Figure 48 – LED indicators on the RMH07-P24F-Cn Booster Amplifier

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.5.7

Page 104 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Alarms Generated by the P24F-Cn

The following alarms can be generated by the RMH07-P24F-Cn unit. They are divided into four categories: Operational, PIU, Optical Module and Configuration alarms.

Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator). Table 7-32 – RMH07-P24F-Cn Alarm Table Operational Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Software fault

Minor

No

PIU Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Board temperature exceeds limits

Major

No

5V supply exceeds limits

Major

No

3.3V supply exceeds limits

Major

No

Optical Module Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Optical Module input power too low (Loss Of Signal)

CRITICAL

No

Loss of OSC (OSC LOS)

Major

No

Optical Module output power too low

CRITICAL

No

Optical Module Laser Diode temperature too high/low

Major

No

Excessive Laser Diode temperature

CRITICAL

YES

Excessive Laser Diode current

CRITICAL

YES

Optical Module communications error

Major

No

Optical Module case temperature fault

CRITICAL

YES

Optical Module Watchdog alarm triggered

CRITICAL

YES

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted

Major

YES

Cannot get ComGroup information from ASU

Major

YES

Cannot access ASU to store provisioning data

Minor

No

Laser diode has been Forced Off

Minor

No

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.5.8

Page 105 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-P24F-Cn Specifications

The P24F-Cn specifications can be found in the tables below.

Table 7-33 – P24F-Cn Electrical Specification

Parameters

Min

Typ

-

-

-75.0

V

Operating Voltage range

-40.0

-

-72.0

V

Turn on Voltage

-42.0

-

-44.0

V

Turn off Voltage

-38.0

-

-40.0

V

-

1.3

2.0

A

Current protection

2.4

5.0

5.5

A

Consumption

4.5

-

25

W

Maximum Voltage

Inrush current

Max

Unit

Table 7-34 – P24F-Cn Optical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Operating spectral range

1530

-

1565

nm

3

-

9

dBm

14.5

-

15.5

dB

18

-

24

dBm

Gain flatness (pk to pk) at 15 dB gain

-

-

1.5

dB

Output power stability

-

-

±0.5

dB

Noise figure with +9 dBm input power and 15 dB gain

-

5.5

6.0

dB

45

-

-

dB

Polarization sensitivity (PDL + PDG)

-

-

0.3

dB

Polarization mode dispersion

-

-

0.5

ps

Input power for APR to Mute mode

-7.0

-

-5.0

dBm

Input power for APR cleared

-4.0

-

-2.0

dBm

Time from APR threshold to Mute mode Time from APR clear threshold to output power setpoint Time for FIM initiated ALS shutdown

-

-

0.5

s

-

-

0.5

s

-

-

2.5

s

Residual output power in ALS mode (with FIM on) Time for restart from ALS following link restoration

-

-

10

dBm

-

-

0.5

s

Composite input power for flat gain Optimum gain

Composite output power for flat gain

Input port return loss

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Parameters OSC wavelength -C5 -C6 Output power optical monitor ratio

Page 106 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

-

1574 1574 + 1620

-

nm nm

0.5

1.0

1.5

%

SC/UPC

Optical connectors

Table 7-35 – P24F-Cn-S Optical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Operating spectral range

1530

-

1565

nm

-10

-

9

dBm

3

-

9

dBm

14.5

-

15.5

dB

18

-

24

dBm

Gain flatness (pk to pk) at 15 dB gain

-

-

1.5

dB

Output power stability

-

-

±0.5

dB

Noise figure with +9 dBm input power and 15 dB gain

-

5.5

6.0

dB

45

-

-

dB

Polarization sensitivity (PDL + PDG)

-

-

0.3

dB

Polarization mode dispersion

-

-

0.5

ps

Input power for APR to Mute mode

-14.0

-

-13.0

dBm

Input power for APR cleared

-12.0

-

-11.0

dBm

Time from APR threshold to Mute mode Time from APR clear threshold to output power setpoint Time for FIM initiated ALS shutdown

-

-

0.5

s

-

-

0.5

s

-

-

2.5

s

Residual output power in ALS mode (with FIM on) Time for restart from ALS following link restoration

-

-

10

dBm

-

-

0.5

s

-

1574 1574 + 1620 1.0

1.5

nm nm %

Operating input power range Composite input power for flat gain Optimum gain

Composite output power for flat gain

Input port return loss

OSC wavelength -C5 -C6 Output power optical monitor ratio Optical connectors MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

0.5

SC/UPC

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 107 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-36 – P24F-Cn Environmental Specification Conditions

Specification

Shipping and storage temperature

-40 °C to +70 °C

Constant-use operating temperature

+5 °C to +40 °C

Short-term operating temperature

-5 °C to 55 °C

Constant-use relative humidity

5 % to 85 %

Short-term relative humidity

5 % to 90 % non-condensing humidity; should not exceed 0.024 kg of water per 1.0 kg of dry air.

Table 7-37 – P24F-Cn Reliability Specification Parameter

Specification

Unit

FIT Value

3097

FIT

37

Years

MTBF

Table 7-38 – P24F-Cn Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

1.8

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

53

mm

Table 7-39 – P24F-Cn Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

WDM Signal Input

SC/UPC

SIG IN

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 108 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Amplified WDM

SC/UPC

SIG OUT

Signal Output

CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1M DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 80 mW λ:1574-1620 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

Amplified WDM

SC/UPC

MON. OUT

Back Reflection Monitor

SC/UPC

BACK REFL.

1620 nm OSC Signal Input (-C6 Model)

SC/UPC

Redundant 1574 nm

SC/UPC

Signal Output Monitor

OSC Signal Inputs (2)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

OSC IN 1620 nm OSC IN

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Sept 9, 2009

A-02895 Ser. No. 024306

Model Number Serial Number

Page 109 of 238

OPER (GRN) FAULT (RED) INPUT LOS (YEL) OSC LOS (YEL)

CAUTION: HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 80 mw λ :1574-1620 nm

Monitor Output

IEC 60825-2:2007

Signal Output SIG OUT

MON. OUT

SIG IN

BACK REFL.

OSC IN

OSC IN

Back Reflection Mon. or 1620 OSC IN (-C6) Signal Input OSC Input OSC Input

RMH-P24F-C5

Model Name

RMH07-P24F-Cn_PIU.vsd

Figure 49 – RMH07-P24F-Cn Booster Amplifier PIU

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 110 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.6 Optical Booster (RMH07-PYxxF-Cn-S) 7.6.1 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Product highlights

Accepts up to five hot-swappable MLU-2000 PIUs (factory option) Redundant single mode pump laser modules (PLUs) Provides amplification over a band from 1536 to 1566 nm Adjustable negative gain tilt for channel launch power pre-emphasis Class 4 device operated within Hazard Level 1M limit in the RMH07 configuration

7.6.2 ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Control Parameters

Output power adjustable Internal Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) adjustable to vary negative gain tilt Automatic output power control (APC) or gain control (AGC) mode Operation mode (Forced Off, Normal (APR mode) or Force On (for maximum of 15 minutes, Configuration user category only))

7.6.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored and displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: ♦ Output power, ♦ Input power, ♦ OSC Transmit presence, ♦ MLU/PLU laser power, current and temperature

7.6.4

Hardware Description

The RMH07-PYCU is a module containing the passive optical components (such as doped optical fiber, isolators, couplers, etc.) as well as the Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) and monitor photodiodes for the PY-series highpower booster amplifiers. The PYCU also includes the coupling optical components required to combine the amplified signal channels with the fiber integrity monitor OSC signals for launch into the transmission system’s line fiber, as well as those to provide a pathway for launching an OTDR signal into the transmission fiber. Finally, the PYCU provides an output optical monitor port, allowing observation of the launched output even when the output fiber is spliced to the line fiber. This passive module is pumped by a series of multi-mode laser diode plug-in units (RMH07-MLU-2000) and a pair of redundant single-mode laser diode cards (RMH07-PLU-xxx/974). The PYCU contains three main modules: the amplifier (PYU) optical tray, the amplifier monitor (PMU) optical tray and the amplifier monitor PCBA. The first two modules contain only optical components and fiber. The third module is a PCB assembly that carries the amplifier’s VOA as well as several operational amplifiers and PIN photodiodes. The number of components on this assembly has been kept low in order to obtain a reliable MTBF value. The PMU PCB is equipped with: • • • • • •

A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for monitoring the amplified signal output power A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for monitoring the signal power at the input of the amplifier A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for monitoring the combined single-mode 974nm pump power from the PLU cards A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for monitoring the launched OSC signal power at 1574 or 1620 nm The amplifier’s VOA controlled via an I2C settable potentiometer I2C memory identifier for remote inventory and presence indication

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 111 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Figure 50 illustrates the physical appearance of the RMH07-PYCU for a 33-dBm amplifier with redundant singlemode 974-nm pump lasers. The fibers running from the MLUs and PLUs to the PYU and PMU optical trays, as well as the fiber running from the PYU to PMU tray, are armoured to safeguard maintenance and service personnel. The PYCU has three bulkhead optical connector adapters on its front panel. A connectorized fiber running from the inside of the RCU is connected to one side of each adapter. In addition, there are two (-C5 model) or three (-C6 model for additional 1620-nm OSC) connectorized fiber pigtails from the PYCU to be connected to the OSC Tx ports on the subrack’s OSU PIUs. Finally, there is one 3 m long armoured pigtail that carries the output of the high power amplifier to the splice enclosure of the rack’s armoured fiber distribution frame (ADF) tray for splicing to the fiber leading to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF) where it is in turn spliced to the link’s transmitting fiber. The ADF is an intermediate ODF located in the equipment rack in close proximity to the RMH07 subrack. The output pigtail is armoured to ensure that there is no possibility of human access to hazardous levels of optical radiation under any reasonably foreseeable event (such as a broken optical fiber).

From PLUs

From MLUs

Armoured Fibers PMU Optical Tray PYCU Assembly

Armored Cable Carrying Amplifier Output to ADF

OUTPUT MONITOR

OTDR (APC)

SIGNAL INPUT

PYU Amplifier Optical Tray

OSC Inputs To Connect to OSC Tx Ports on OSU PIUs

Figure 50 – RMH07-PYCU for 33 dBm Booster Amplifier

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.6.5

Page 112 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Optical Description

The optical schematic of the PYCU for a 33-dBm amplifier is shown in Figure 51. The PYU optical tray contains the Er doped fiber of the preamplifier stage and the Er:Yb doped double-clad fiber of the output stage plus the multimode pump combiner (with a single-mode central fiber), the gain flattening filter (GFF) and three optical isolators. The PMU optical tray contains: ♦ the input optical isolator ♦ a polarization beam combiner (PBC) to combine the outputs from the two single-mode 974-nm pump LDs ♦ the single-mode pump/signal WDM ♦ tap couplers to allow monitoring of the total 974-nm pump power, the signal input and output powers and

the OSC fiber integrity monitor signal power ♦ couplers to join together the multiple OSC signal input paths and then to combine the OSC signal with the amplified signal channels for launch into the transmission fiber ♦ a 5/95 tap coupler to provide a pathway for launching an OTDR into the outside fiber plant The PY-series amplifiers operate in Automatic Gain Control (AGC) mode with the signal input and signal output monitor values providing the inputs for the AGC feedback loop. The input signal monitor is also used to provide an indication of a Loss of input Signal (LOS), triggering an Automatic Power Reduction (APR) of the amplifier’s output to a ‘mute’ level below the Hazard Level 1M limit. At the amplifier’s optimum gain, the mid-stage VOA allows negative gain tilt values ranging from 7 to a maximum of 15 dB, depending on the output signal power. The GFF ensures that the gain ripple is Hazard Level 1M) booster amplifier such as the P24F or PYxxF at the transmit end. The R35W is a Hazard Level 1M source of optical radiation.

7.8.1

Control Parameters

♦ Force Off command ♦ Operating mode: APC ♦ Composite output power is adjustable

7.8.2

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored on the R35W unit and are displayed on the Craft Terminal MONITOR window: ♦ Output power ♦ Case temperature (EDFA module) ♦ Laser diode temperature ♦ Laser diode current and TEC current

7.8.3

Laser Control Conditions

The R35W contains one laser diode – an EDFA pump laser. Conditions for turning on or off this laser diode are detailed in Table 7-56.

Table 7-56 – Laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-R35W-C5 Laser status

Pump laser is off

Pump laser is on

7.8.4

Conditions

One of the following is true: Force Off is active, or ComGroup Disable is active, or FIM indicates an interruption in the link All of the following are true: Force Off is inactive, and ComGroup Enable is active, and FIM indicates that the link is good

Hardware Description

The R35W pre-amplifier provides a flattened gain over the C-band (1530 to 1565nm). It has a typical gain of 39 dB for single or multi-wavelength pre-amplification.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 125 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The R35W has the following optical interfaces: optical signal input (SIG IN), optical signal output (SIG OUT), optical signal output monitor (OUT MON.) and two OSC output connectors (-C5 option). All optical interfaces on the R35W are provided through SC/UPC optical connectors accessible at the front of the unit. The R35W PIU fills two slots of an RMH07 subrack. Two front LEDs indicate its operational status – Operational and Faulted. The controller card is an electronics-only card with a standard RMH07 equipment chassis interface. It contains all of the generic RMH07 PIU features, such as: ♦ Dual –48 VDC power feeds with voltage monitoring and alarming ♦ On board DC/DC converter ♦ On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories

♦ Hot swap capabilities The optical module contains the laser diode and all of the required laser diode control and monitor circuitry, and operates semi-autonomously from the controller card. Once its operating parameters have been set through the controller card, the optical module acts to maintain these operating parameters to the values that have been set by the user.

7.8.5

Firmware Description

The R35W firmware rests within the electronic control card. The unit’s firmware includes the standard RMH07 APR Engine. On power-up, or after a hardware reset (through a Craft Terminal command), the R35W goes through a self-test and initialization phase. It queries the ASU for configuration information and updates its environment variables. If there is a Force Off command active, the R35W will remain in the off state until the command is countermanded by the operator. If the ComGroup to which it belongs is disabled, the R35W will likewise remain off. Once the ComGroup is enabled, the R35W will enable its pump diode, and will provide a Hazard Level 1M optical output. Depending on whether there is a good input signal or not, the R35W will either provide a good amplified signal or only optical noise. In the case of an R35W-C5, after the ComGroup is enabled, the R35W-C5 waits for a message from its ComGroup’s Fiber Integrity Monitor (FIM) subsystem to indicate that the link is safe to use. Only then will it enable its pump diode. If ever the ComGroup’s FIM indicates that the link’s integrity has been compromised, the R35W-C5 will turn off its pump laser and will resume waiting for a positive message from the FIM. At all times, the R35W monitors the alarms that arise from its optical module. The principal ones relate to the state of the laser diode. When alarms occur, they are logged by the R35W and the local summary count in updated. When the ASU does its periodic alarm verification, the R35W provides the most recent summary. Subsequently, upon requests from the Craft Terminal, the R35W will forward through the ASU the details of all active alarms. The R35W constantly updates the status of the LED indicators located on the front of the PIU. The green OPERATIONAL indicator is on and blinks as soon as the unit has completed its self-test and initialization phase. The red FAULT indicator is only turned on when the firmware detects an internal fault that prevents the unit from performing its intended function.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 126 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

SIGNALS IN C-Band

OSC OUT (-C5 Option) SIGNALS OUT

EDFA

MONITOR OUT EDFA Communication +5VDC

OPER (Green)

MCU

FAULT (RED)

PWR SUPPLY Backplane Communication -48VDC -48VDC BAT A BAT B

RMH07-R35W-C5_BLK.vsd

Figure 55 – RMH07-R35W Functional Block Diagram Table 7-57 – R35W Optical Interface Description Port Name

7.8.6

Description

SIG IN

Signal input port: Pre-amplifier input port for the received signal channels, either directly from the end of the transmission span or from the RCU (when Raman or Super Raman distributed amplification or ROPA pumping is used).

SIG OUT

Signal output port: Preamplifier output port providing the amplified received signal channels for input to the DCM chain (if dispersion compensation is required) or directly to a demultiplexer.

MON. OUT

Monitor output port: Allows optical monitoring of the output signal.

OSC OUT

Two OSC output ports: Provide received OSC signal for input to redundant OSU PIU OSC Rx inputs (-C5 option).

R35W Visual Indicators

The R35W has only two visual indicators, which are standard for all PIUs (Operational and Fault). Table 7-58 identifies the visual indicators.

Table 7-58 – RMH07-R35W Visual Indicators Color

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 127 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

PIU Operational PIU Fault Normal Operation

PIU has faulted RMH07-R35W_LED.VSD

Figure 56 – LED indicators on the RMH07-R35W 7.8.7

Alarms Generated by the R35W

Alarms generated by the RMH07-R35W unit are listed in Table 7-59. They are divided into four categories: Operational, PIU, Optical Module, and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator).

Table 7-59 – RMH07-R35W Alarm Table Operational Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Software fault

Minor

No

PIU Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Board temperature exceeds limits 5V supply exceeds limits 3.3V supply exceeds limits

Major Major Major

No No No

Optical Module Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Optical Module output power too low Optical Module Laser Diode temperature too high/low Excessive Laser Diode temperature Excessive Laser Diode current Optical Module communications error Optical Module case temperature fault Optical Module Watchdog alarm triggered

CRITICAL Major CRITICAL CRITICAL Major CRITICAL CRITICAL

No No YES YES No YES YES

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.8.8

Page 128 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted Cannot get ComGroup information from ASU Cannot access ASU to store provisioning data Laser diode has been Forced Off

Major Major Minor Minor

YES YES No No

RMH07- R35W Specifications

The RMH07-R35W specifications can be found in the tables below.

Table 7-60 – R35W Electrical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

-

-

-75.0

V

Operating Voltage range

-40.0

-

-72.0

V

Turn on Voltage

-42.0

-

-44.0

V

Turn off Voltage

-38.0

-

-40.0

V

-

1.3

2.0

A

Current protection

2.4

5.0

5.5

A

Consumption

4.5

-

12

W

Maximum Voltage

Inrush current

Table 7-61 – R35W Optical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

1530

-

1565

nm

Composite Input Power Operating Range

-50

-

-15

dBm

Gain (at Pin = -25 dBm)

36

39

40

dB

Composite Output Power

-5

-

+15

dBm

Gain Flatness (at Pin = -25 dBm)

-

0.8

1.5

dB

Noise Figure (at Pin = -25 dBm

-

3.8

4.0

dB

Polarization Sensitivity (PDL + PDG)

-

0.05

0.1

dB

Polarization Mode Dispersion

-

-

0.5

ps

32

-

-

dB

Wavelength Range

Input Isolation

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Parameters

Page 129 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

-49

-

-

dBm

STM-4 (for BER = 1x10 )

-45

-

-

dBm

STM-16 (for BER = 1x10-11)

-40

-

-

dBm

-35

-

-

dBm

0.5

1.0

1.5

%

Input Receiver Sensitivity STM-1 (for BER = 1x10-10) -10

-11

STM-64 (for BER = 1x10 ) Output power optical monitor ratio Optical connectors

SC/UPC

Table 7-62 – R35W Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Specification

Unit

1.3

kg

Weight Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

38

mm

Table 7-63 – R35W Environmental Specification Conditions

Specification

Shipping and storage temperature

-40 °C to +70 °C

Constant-use operating temperature

+5 °C to +40 °C

Short-term operating temperature

-5 °C to 55 °C

Constant-use relative humidity Short-term relative humidity

5 % to 85 % 5 % to 90 % non-condensing humidity; should not exceed 0.024 kg of water per 1.0 kg of dry air.

Table 7-64 – R35W Reliability Specification Parameter

Specification

Unit

FIT Value

2670

FIT

43

Years

MTBF

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 130 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-65 – R35W Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Input

SC/UPC

SIG IN

Signal Output

SC/UPC

SIG OUT CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1M DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 135 mw λ: 1520-1570 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

Monitor Output

SC/UPC

MON. OUT

Redundant 1574 nm OSC Signal Outputs (2)

SC/UPC

OSC OUT

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Model Serial Number OPER (GRN) FAULT (RED)

Page 131 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Ser. No. 024306 A-02897

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Monitor Output

CAUTION: HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 60 mw λ: 1520-1570 nm – IEC 60825-2:2007

Signal Output SIG OUT MON. OUT

Signal Input SIG IN

OSC Output OSC Output

Model Name

RMH-R35W-C5

OSC OUT OSC OUT

RMH-R35WC5 PIU d

Figure 57 – RMH07-R35W-C5 PIU

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 132 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.9 RMH07 High Power Optical Pre-Amplifier (RMH07-RxxF) RxxF preamplifiers are gain-flattened optical preamplifiers for multiple C-band signals in the wavelength range from 1530 to 1565 nm. The amplifiers use one laser diode at a wavelength of 980 nm to pump lengths of Erbium doped fiber. They are Hazard Level 1M sources of optical radiation. RxxF preamplifiers are intended for situations where the composite optical input power is greater than the nominal maximum input power of the R35W preamplifier. Typical applications include links where distributed Raman amplification or a Remote Optically Pumped Amplifier (ROPA) is employed at the receiving end of a span. In such cases, the incoming Fiber Integrity Monitor (FIM) OSC signals are extracted in the Raman Converter Unit (RCU) of the Raman or ROPA pump, which precedes the RxxF preamplifier, and therefore RxxF units do not require OSC extraction optics. 7.9.1 Control Parameters ♦ Force Off command ♦ Two operating modes: APC and AGC ♦ Amplifier gain and output power are adjustable 7.9.2 Monitor Points The following parameters are monitored on the RxxF unit and are displayed on the Craft Terminal MONITOR window: ♦ Input power ♦ Output power ♦ Case temperature (EDFA module) ♦ Laser diode temperature ♦ Laser current and TEC current 7.9.3

Laser Control Conditions

The RMH07-RxxF Preamplifier contains one EDF pump laser diode. Conditions for turning on or off the laser diode are indicated in the following table. Table 7-66 – Laser on/mute/off control conditions for RMH07-RxxF Laser Status

Conditions

Pump laser is off

One of the following is true: Force Off is active, or ComGroup Disable is active, or FIM indicates an interruption in the link

EDFA is muted (pump laser is on, but in a reduced power state)

All of the following are true: Force Off is inactive, and ComGroup Enable is active, and Booster does not receive power at its input, and FIM indicates link is good

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Laser Status

Conditions

Pump laser is on

All of the following are true:

Page 133 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Force Off is inactive, and ComGroup Enable is active, and Booster receives power at its input, and FIM indicates link is good

7.9.4

Hardware/Optical Description

The RxxF Preamplifier provides gain-flattened amplification of multiple C-band signal channels (1530 to 1565 nm). The amplifier has a nominal gain of 15 or 17 dB and a maximum saturated output power of 15 or 17 dBm, respectively. The RxxF has three optical connections, all with SC/UPC optical connectors accessible from the front of the module – optical signal input, optical signal output and output signal monitor. The RxxF PIU fills two slots of an RMH07 subrack. Three front LEDs indicate its operational status – Operational, Faulted and Input LOS. The controller card is an electronics only PIU card with a standard RMH07 equipment chassis interface. It contains all of the generic RMH07 PIU features, such as: ♦ Dual –48 VDC power feeds with voltage monitoring and alarming ♦ On board DC/DC converter ♦ On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories ♦ Hot swap capabilities

The EDFA module contains the laser diode and all of the required laser diode control and monitor circuitry, and operates semi-autonomously from the controller card. Once its operating parameters have been set through the controller card, the optical module acts to maintain these operating parameters to the values that have been set by the user. In particular, the optical module has the following characteristics: ♦ SC/UPC optical interfaces ♦ Full C-band gain flattened optical bandwidth ♦ Automatic Power Control (APC) mode to maintain a stable output power in the presence of input power fluctuations ♦ Automatic Gain Control (AGC) mode to maintain a constant gain in the presence of changes in composite input power as would occur with changes in the number of signal channels ♦ MUTE mode that reduces the output power level to within IEC Class 1 levels when there is a loss of input signal.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

SIGNAL IN

Page 134 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

SIGNAL OUT MON. OUT

EDFA

EDFA Communication +5VDC

OPER (Green)

MCU

FAULT (RED) INPUT LOS (YEL)

PWR SUPPLY Backplane Communication -48VDC (BAT A)

-48VDC (BAT B)

RMH07-R15F_BLK.VSD

Figure 58 – RMH07-RxxF Functional Block Diagram 7.9.5

Firmware Description

The RxxF firmware resides on the electronic PIU card. The unit’s firmware includes the standard RMH07 APR Engine. On power-up, or after a hardware reset (through a Craft Terminal command), the RxxF goes through a self-test and initialization phase. It queries the ASU for configuration information and updates its environment variables. If there is a Force Off command active, the RxxF will remain in the off state until the command is countermanded by the operator. If the ComGroup to which it belongs is disabled, the RxxF will likewise remain off. After the ComGroup to which the RxxF belongs is enabled, the RxxF will enable its pump diode. Depending on whether there is an input signal or not, the RxxF will either go to its normal operating level or will mute its output to a Class 1 level. The RxxF remains in either of these two states as a function of its input power. At all times, the RxxF monitors the alarms that arise from its optical module. The principal ones relate to the state of the laser diode. When alarms occur, they are logged by the RxxF and the local summary count is updated. When the ASU does its periodic alarm verification, the RxxF provides the most recent summary. Subsequently, upon requests from the Craft Terminal, the RxxF will forward through the ASU the details of all active alarms. The RxxF constantly updates the status of the three LED indicators that it uses. The green OPERATIONAL indicator is on and blinks as soon as the unit has completed its self-test and initialization phase. The red FAULT indicator is only turned on when the firmware detects an internal fault that prevents the unit from performing its intended function. The yellow INPUT LOS indicator is on whenever there is insufficient optical power at the signal input to the unit. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.9.6

Page 135 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RxxF Visual Indicators

The RxxF has three visual indicators. The first two are the PIU related indicators, and pertain only to the unit. The third indicator indicates the absence of optical power at the amplifier’s input port. Table 7-67 identifies the visual indicators. Table 7-67 – RMH07-RxxF Visual Indicators Color

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

Yellow

Input Loss Of Signal

This indicator is turned on whenever a loss of optical power is detected at the signal input port.

PIU Operational PIU Fault Input LOS Normal Operation

PIU has faulted

Loss of input signal RMH07-R15F_LED.VSD

Figure 59 – LED indicators on the RMH07-RxxF

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.9.7

Page 136 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Alarms Generated by the RxxF

The following alarms can be generated by the RMH07-RxxF unit. They are divided into four categories: Operational, PIU, Optical Module and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator). Table 7-68 – RMH07-RxxF Alarm Table Operational Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Software fault

Minor

No

PIU Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Board temperature exceeds limits 5V supply exceeds limits 3.3V supply exceeds limits

Major Major Major

No No No

Optical Module Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Optical Module input power too low (Loss Of Signal) Optical Module output power too low Optical Module Laser Diode temperature too high/low Excessive Laser Diode temperature Excessive Laser Diode current Optical Module communications error Optical Module case temperature fault Optical Module Watchdog alarm triggered

CRITICAL CRITICAL Major CRITICAL CRITICAL Major CRITICAL CRITICAL

No No No YES YES No YES YES

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted Cannot get ComGroup information from ASU Cannot access ASU to store provisioning data Laser diode has been Forced Off

Major Major Minor Minor

YES YES No No

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.9.8

Page 137 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-RxxF Specifications

The RxxF specifications can be found in the tables below. Table 7-69 – RxxF Electrical Specification Parameters Maximum Voltage Operating Voltage range Turn on Voltage Turn off Voltage Inrush current Current protection Consumption (R15F) Consumption (R17F)

Min -40.0 -42.0 -38.0 2.4 4.5 4.5

Typ 1.3 5.0 -

Max -75.0 -72.0 -44.0 -40.0 2.0 5.5 12 14

Unit V V V V A A W W

Typ -

Max 1565 0 15.5/17.5 15/17 1.5

Unit nm dBm dB dBm dB

5.5

±0.5 6.0

dB dB

-

0.3 0.5 -19 -16 0.5

dB dB ps dBm dBm s

-

0.5

s

1.5

%

Table 7-70 – R15F/R17F Optical Specification Parameters Min Operating spectral range 1530 Composite input power for flat gain -15 Optimum gain R15/R17 14.5/16.5 Composite output power for flat gain 0/+2 Gain flatness (pk to pk) at 15 or 17 dB gain Output power stability Noise figure with 0 dBm input power and 15 dB gain Input port return loss 45 Polarization sensitivity (PDL + PDG) Polarization mode dispersion Input power for APR to Mute mode -20 Input power for APR cleared -17 Time from APR threshold to Mute mode Time from APR clear threshold to output power setpoint Output power optical monitor ratio 0.5 Optical connectors

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

1.0 SC/UPC

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 138 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-71 – RxxF Physical Specification Parameters Weight Height Depth Width

Symbol

H D W

Specification 1.3 334 226 38

Unit kg mm mm mm

Table 7-72 – RxxF Environmental Specification Conditions

Specification

Shipping and storage temperature

-40 °C to +70 °C

Constant-use operating temperature

+5 °C to +40 °C

Short-term operating temperature

-5 °C to 55 °C

Constant-use relative humidity Short-term relative humidity

5 % to 85 % 5 % to 90 % non-condensing humidity; should not exceed 0.024 kg of water per 1.0 kg of dry air.

Table 7-73 – RxxF Reliability Specification Parameter

Specification

Unit

FIT Value

2670

FIT

43

Years

MTBF

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 139 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-74 – RxxF Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Input

SC/UPC

SIG IN

Signal Output

SC/UPC

SIG OUT

CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1M DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 135 mW λ:1520-1570 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

Monitor Output

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

SC/UPC

MON. OUT

Model Number Serial Number

Page 140 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Ser. No. A-03559

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

OPER (GRN) FAULT (RED) INPUT LOS (YEL)

CAUTION

Monitor Output

INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1M DO NOT VIEWDIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

Pmax: 135 mw λ: 1520-1570 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

Signal Output

SIG OUT MON. OUT

Signal Input

Model Name

RMH07-P17F

SIG IN

RMH07-R17F_PIU.vsd

Figure 60 – RMH07-RxxF Preamplifier PIU

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 141 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.10 Raman Pump Unit (RMH07-LDP-500-14xx-Cx-Iy) 7.10.1

Product highlights

♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

Output at 1450 nm or 1480 nm Output power up to 500 mW 2 LED indicators (Operational, Faulted) Front access SC/UPC optical connectors Dual –48 VDC power feeds with voltage monitoring and alarming On board DC/DC converter On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories Hot swap capabilities Decoupling optics for extraction of OSC redundant 1574-nm (both models) and single 1620-nm OSC signals (for 1480-nm ROPA pump model) ♦ Subject to automatic laser shutdown in the event of an interruption in the continuity of the transmission fiber path ♦ Output power provided via armoured fiber ♦ Class 3B device operated as a Hazard Level 1 source in the RMH07 subrack

7.10.2

Control Parameters

♦ Force Off command ♦ Raman pump output power adjustable from 50 to 500 mW ♦ Operating mode: APC

7.10.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored on the LDP-500 unit and are displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: ♦ Output power ♦ Case temperature (Raman pump module) ♦ Laser diode temperatures ♦ Laser currents and TEC currents

7.10.4

Laser Control Conditions

The RMH07-LDP-500-14xx contains two laser diodes that are both under the same control. Conditions for turning on or off these laser diodes are detailed in Table 7-75.

Table 7-75 – Laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-LDP-500-14xx Laser status

Conditions

Pump lasers are off

One of the following is true: Force Off is active, or Operator Disable is active, or FIM indicates that the link is bad All of the following are true: Force Off is inactive, and Operator Enable is active, and FIM indicates that the link is good

Pump lasers are on

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.10.5

Page 142 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Hardware/Optical Description

The LDP-500 (Laser Diode Pump unit, 500 mW rating) is a microprocessor-based PIU. The major function of the LDP-500 is to provide optical pump power for distributed Raman amplification or, in the case of the 1480-nm model, to provide pump power for a Remote Optically Pumped Amplifier (ROPA). The LDP-500 has the following optical connector interfaces: optical signal output (SIG OUT), pump output optical Monitor, two 1574-nm OSC output connectors (1450-nm model) plus one 1620-nm OSC output (1480-nm model) and an OTDR access port. All these interfaces are provided through SC/UPC (or SC/APC in the case of the OTDR port) optical connectors accessible at the front of the card. The unit’s high-power pump output is provided via a 3-m long armoured pigtail that carries the pump power to the splice enclosure of the rack’s armoured fiber distribution frame (ADF) tray for splicing to the fiber leading to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF) where it is in turn spliced to the link’s receiving fiber. The ADF is an intermediate ODF located in the equipment rack in close proximity to the RMH07 subrack. The output pigtail is armoured to ensure that there is no possibility of human access to hazardous levels of optical radiation under any reasonably foreseeable event (such as a broken optical fiber). With its heatsink, the LDP-500 PIU fills three slots of an RMH07 subrack. Two front LEDs indicate its operational status – Operational and Faulted.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Model Number Serial Number

Page 143 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

A -03229-1 S er. No. 024306

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

OPER (GRN) FAULT (RED) NOT USED NOT USED

Class A

Monitor Output

CA UTION INVISIBLE LASER R ADIATION HA ZA RD LEV EL 1 IEC 60825-2:2007

Signal Output 1620 OSC Output (1480-nm Model ) OTDR Port

OSC OUT OTDR (APC)

1620nm

1574 OSC Output 1574 OSC Output OSC OUT

Pump Output Armoured Fiber

OSC OUT

1574nm

RMH07-LDP -500-1480

Model Name

1574nm

RMH07-LDP-500 -14xx_PIU.vsd

Figure 61 – RMH07-LDP-500-14xx PIU The controller card is an electronics-only card with a standard RMH07 equipment chassis interface. It contains all of the generic RMH07 PIU features, such as: ♦ Dual –48 VDC power feeds with voltage monitoring and alarming ♦ On board DC/DC converter ♦ On board micro-processor with dual Flash-based non-volatile program memories

♦ Hot swap capabilities The optical module contains the two laser diodes and all of the required laser diode control and monitor circuitry, and operates semi-autonomously from the controller card. Once its operating parameters have been set through the controller card, the optical module acts to maintain these operating parameters to the values that have been set by the user. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 144 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Optical Module

SIG OUT OSC OUT 1574

OTDR

OSC OUT 1574

14xx nm

OSC OUT 1620 PUMP OUT (SIG IN from Link) MON. OUT

14xx nm

EOA-S Communication +5VDC

OPER (Green)

MCU

FAULT (RED)

PWR SUPPLY Backplane Communication -48VDC (A/B)

LDP_BLK.VSD

Figure 62 – LDP-500 Block Diagram

The optical schematic of the LDP-500 is shown in Figure 63. The polarized outputs of the two 14xx-nm laser diodes are combined using a polarization beam combiner (PBC) and the PBC output is then fed through a depolarizer (DEP) to ensure that the resultant pump output maintains a very low degree of polarization under all operating conditions. A portion of the output is tapped and fed to a monitor photodiode (the power monitor is calibrated with respect to the power exiting the optical module on the armoured cable). The remainder of the pump power is directed out towards the transmission line fiber by the pump/signal WDM (1). A small portion (0.1%) of the outgoing power is tapped and fed to the output monitor port. The fiber coming from the system ODF and carrying the incoming data and OSC signals is spliced, in the rackmounted ADF tray, to the armoured output pigtail of the LDP-500, carrying the outgoing 14xx-nm pump power. The incoming data channels and OSC signals enter the optical module, pass through the pump/signal WDM (1) and are then separated by WDM (2). The 1620- and 1574-nm OSC signal paths are in turn separated by WDM (3) and a 50/50 coupler splits the 1574-nm OSC signal to provide an input signal to the OSC receiver on each of the redundant OSU-1574 cards. The C-band data channels continue on through an OTDR insertion tap coupler and an optical isolator, on their way to the signal output optical connector and connection to the TTE. The 5/95 tap coupler in the signal path provides a transparent access pathway from the OTDR port to the outside fiber plant. This access path for an OTDR is especially important since the LDP-500 pump source is spliced to the line fiber. The OTDR connector is an angled connector (APC) to prevent reflections into the fiber span.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 145 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

OPTICAL MODULE 1574 nm OSC OUT 50/50 1574 nm OSC OUT LD 1 14xx nm 1620 nm OSC OUT WDM

PBC

DEP

LD 2 14xx nm

3

TAP

OUTPUT POWER MONITOR

OUTPUT MONITOR PORT

TO SYSTEM ODF

OTDR PORT

ADF TAP

1

2

WDM

WDM

TAP

Figure 63 – LDP-500 Optical Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

SIGNALS OUT TO TERMINAL

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.10.6

Page 146 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Firmware Description

The LDP-500 firmware rests within the electronic control card, the PRX. The unit’s firmware includes the standard RMH07 APR Engine. On power-up, or after a hardware reset (through a Craft Terminal command), the LDP-500 goes through a self-test and initialization phase. It queries the ASU for configuration information and updates its environment variables. If there is a Force Off command active, the LDP-500 will remain off until the command is countermanded by the operator. If the ComGroup to which it belongs is disabled, the LDP-500 will likewise remain off. After the ComGroup to which the LDP-500 belongs is enabled, the LDP-500 waits for a message from its ComGroup’s Fiber Integrity Monitor (FIM) subsystem to indicate that the link is safe to use. At that point, the LDP-500 will turn on its laser diodes to their normal working level. When the ComGroup’s FIM indicates that the link’s integrity has been compromised, the LDP-500 will force its laser diodes off and will resume waiting for a positive message from the FIM. At all times, the LDP-500 monitors the alarms that arise from its optical module. The principal ones relate to the state of the laser diodes. When alarms occur, they are logged by the LDP-500 and the local summary count in updated. When the ASU does its periodic alarm verification, the LDP-500 provides the most recent summary. Subsequently, upon requests from the Craft Terminal, the LDP-500 will forward through the ASU the details of all active alarms. The LDP-500 constantly updates the status of the two LED indicators that it uses. The green OPERATIONAL indicator is on and blinks as soon as the unit has completed its self-test and initialization phase. The red FAULT indicator is only turned on when the firmware detects an internal fault that prevents the unit from performing its intended function. The two yellow indicators are not used by the LDP-500.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.10.7

Page 147 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

LDP-500 Visual Indicators

The LDP-500 has two visual indicators. Both are PIU-related indicators that pertain only to the unit. Table 7-76 identifies the visual indicators.

Table 7-76 – RMH07-LDP-500 Visual Indicators Color

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

PIU Operational PIU Fault

Normal Operation

PIU has faulted LDP-500_LED.VSD

Figure 64 – RMH07-LDP-500 Visual Indicators

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.10.8

Page 148 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Alarms Generated by the LDP-500

The following alarms can be generated by the RMH07-LDP-500 unit. They are divided into four categories: Operational, PIU, Optical Module, and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator).

Table 7-77 – RMH07-LDP-500 Alarm Table Operational Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Software fault

Minor

No

PIU Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Board temperature exceeds limits 5V supply exceeds limits 3.3V supply exceeds limits

Major Major Major

No No No

Optical Module Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Optical Module output power too low Optical Module Laser Diode temperature too high/low Excessive Laser Diode temperature Excessive Laser Diode current Optical Module communications error Optical Module case temperature fault Optical Module Watchdog alarm triggered

CRITICAL Major CRITICAL CRITICAL Major CRITICAL CRITICAL

No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted Cannot get ComGroup information from ASU Cannot access ASU to store provisioning data Laser diode has been Forced Off

Major Major Minor Minor

YES YES No No

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.10.9

Page 149 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-LDP-500 Specifications

The LDP-500 specifications can be found in Table 7-78 to Table 7-82 below.

Table 7-78 – LDP-500 Electrical Specification Parameters Maximum Voltage Operating Voltage range Turn on Voltage Turn off Voltage Inrush current Current protection Consumption

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

-40.0 -42.0 -38.0 2.4 4.5

1.3 5.0 -

-75.0 -72.0 -44.0 -40.0 2.0 5.5 45

V V V V A A W

Table 7-79 – LDP-500-14xx Optical Specification Parameters

Min

Max

Unit

Output Power Adjustment Range

50

500

mW

Output Power Stability

-0.1

+0.1

dB

2

-

mW

-0.5

+0.5

dB

Output Power Adjustment Increment Output Power Deviation from Set Point Center Wavelength RMH07-LDP-500-1450-C5-Iy RMH07-LDP-500-1480-C6-Iy Degree of Polarization Relative Intensity Noise Signal Passband RMH07-LDP-500-14xx-Cx-I1 RMH07-LDP-500-14xx-Cx-I2 C-Band Signal Insertion Loss

nm 1448.5 1451.5 1478.5 1481.5 5 -

-110

% dB/Hz nm

1500.0 1568.0 1550.5 1557.5 2.5

dB

Signal Passband Ripple

-

0.6

dB

Polarization Sensitivity (PDL) in Signal Path

-

0.3

dB

Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD) in Signal Path

-

0.5

ps

20

-

dB

-

15

dB

Optical Isolation (Sig. o/p to Sig. i/p) OTDR Insertion Loss (OTDR Port to Line Port) Optical Connectors Signal Out Monitor Out OSC Out OTDR In Output Fiber to ADF

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Comments

SC/UPC SC/UPC SC/UPC SC/APC SMF-28, 3m, 900 μm buffer with 3 mm flexible stainless steel armour sheath

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 150 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-80 – LDP-500 Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Specification

Unit

1.8

kg

Weight Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

53

mm

Table 7-81 – LDP-500 Environmental Specification Conditions

Specification

Shipping and storage temperature

-40 °C to +70 °C

Constant-use operating temperature

+5 °C to +40 °C

Short-term operating temperature

-5 °C to 55 °C

Constant-use relative humidity Short-term relative humidity

5 % to 85 % 5 % to 90 % non-condensing humidity; should not exceed 0.024 kg of water per 1.0 kg of dry air.

Table 7-82 – LDP-500 Reliability Specification Parameter

Specification

Unit

FIT Value

2698

FIT

MTBF

42.5

Years

Table 7-83 – LDP-500 Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Output

SC/UPC

SIG OUT

CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION HAZARD LEVEL 1 IEC 60825- 2:2007

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 151 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Optical Monitor Output

SC/UPC

MON. OUT

Redundant 1574 nm OSC Signal Outputs

SC/UPC

OSC OUT

(2) 1620 nm OSC Signal Output

SC/UPC

OSC OUT 1620 nm

OTDR In/Out

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

SC/APC

OTDR

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 152 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.11 Optical Monitoring Unit (RMH07-OMU-xx-yy) 7.11.1

Product highlights

♦ Allows coupling of the OSC signal to the Signal Input signal fiber from the TTE (OMU-IN-C6). ♦ Replaces the OSC coupling functions of the Booster (OMU-IN-C6). ♦ Provides decoupling of the OSC signal from the incoming OSC + Signal Channels at the receive end of a span (OMU-EX-C5).

7.11.2

Monitor Points

The OMU-IN monitors the presence of an OSC Signal coming from the OSU PIU Transmitter(s). The OMU-EX has no active monitor.

7.11.3

Hardware Description

The unit has multiple optical interfaces, five for the OMU-IN and four for the OMU-EX, of which two are connectors and the remaining are pigtails. The OMU-IN has two OSC 1574 and one OSC 1620 input pigtails, where the signal comes from the OSU PIU transmitters. The OMU-EX has only two OSC 1574 pigtails. Both models also have two optical connections provided through SC/UPC optical connectors accessible at the front of the unit. These are Signal In and Signal Out ports. The OMU takes up nine slots. It can either take position in Slots 1 to 9 or Slots 10 to 18. Figure 65 and Figure 67 show the appearance of the OMU assemblies while the functional block diagram of the OMU-IN and OMU-EX are shown in Figure 66 and Figure 68, respectively.

OMU Optical Tray

SIGNAL O UT

SIGNAL INP UT

OMU Assembly

OSC Inputs from OSC Tx

Figure 65 – RMH07-OMU-IN-C6 PIU

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 153 of 238 Sept 9, 2009 1550 / 1574 + 1620

>1500 nm

Signal Input C-band from TTE

Signal Output C-band + 1574 + 1620 OSC

C/L WDM WDM

Threshold) MLU/SLU/PLU not contributing to output power Sig. laser current while controller off (ldd current > Ldd_cur_alm_thrsh.quiescent_ma) Laser current > alarm threshold Laser current < alarm threshold Dead OSU (quiet for too long) Temperature controller fuse blown Dangerously high TEC_MON current seen (TEC current > Threshold) Dangerously high LD_TH temperature (TEC Temp > Threshold) Sig. TEC current while controller off" (Tec Current > TEC_QUIESCENT_CURRENT_THRESHOLD_MA) Laser temperature > alarm threshold Laser temperature < alarm threshold Back facet power is smaller than 50% of the setpoint for more than a given period of time

Major Major Major Major Major

YES YES YES YES No

Major Major Major Major Major

No No No YES YES

Major Major

YES No

Major Major Major

No No YES

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted

Major

YES

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 165 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.12.18 MLU & SLU & PLU Specifications The MLU specifications are listed in tables below.

Table 7-96 – MLU/SLU/PLU Electrical Specification Parameters Maximum Voltage Operating Voltage range Turn on Voltage Turn off Voltage Inrush current Current protection Consumption MLU2000 SLU140 SLU170 SLU220 SLU360 PLU400

Min -40.0 -42.0 -38.0 2.4 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5

Typ 1.3 5.0 -

Max -75.0 -72.0 -44.0 -40.0 2.0 5.5 26 13 15 19 25 25

Unit V V V V A A W W W W W W

Table 7-97 – MLU2000 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 972

Typ 2.0 975

Max 2.2 978

Unit W nm

Max 170 1486.5

Unit mW nm

Max 205 1455.5

Unit mW nm

Max 265 1427.5

Unit mW nm

Max 430 1415.5

Unit mW nm

Table 7-98 – SLU-140/1485 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1483.5

Typ 140 1485

Table 7-99 – SLU-170/1454 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1452.5

Typ 170 1454

Table 7-100 – SLU- 220/1426 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1424.5

Typ 220 1426

Table 7-101 – SLU- 360/1414 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1412.5

Typ 360 1414

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 166 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-102 – SLU- 360/1426 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1424.5

Typ 360 1426

Max 430 1427.5

Unit mW nm

Max 430 1435.5

Unit mW nm

Max 430 1454.5

Unit mW nm

Max 430 1455.5

Unit mW nm

Max 430 1486.5

Unit mW nm

Max 400 975.5

Unit mW nm

Table 7-103 - SLU- 360/1434 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1432.5.5

Typ 360 1434

Table 7-104 – SLU-360/1453 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1451.5

Typ 360 1453

Table 7-105 – SLU-360/1454 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1452.5

Typ 360 1454

Table 7-106 – SLU-360/1485 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 1483.5

Typ 360 1485

Table 7-107 – PLU-360/1454 Optical Specification Parameters

Laser power Laser wavelength

Symbol P λ

Min 10 972.5

Typ – 974

Table 7-108 – MLU/SLU/PLU Physical Specification Parameters Weight Height Depth Width

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Symbol

H D W

Specification 1 165 226 18

Unit kg mm mm mm

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 167 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.13 MLD Raman Co-Pump Laser Combiner Unit (RMH07-LCU-MLD-7501426/1453-C6 & -1000-1414/1434/1454-C6) 7.13.1

Product highlights

♦ Includes coupling optics for multiplexing four (MLD-750) or six (MLD-1000) 14xx laser diodes and combining their output with the outgoing data channels and the fiber integrity monitor OSC signal for launch into the transmission fiber ♦ Mechanical design supports up to six single mode pumps (SLUs) coupled through SC/APC connectors on the LCU front panel ♦ Provides monitoring of total power at each pump wavelength ♦ Monitoring signal allows automatic laser shutdown of an SLU if continuity of fiber path between SLU and LCU is interrupted ♦ Output power provided via armoured fiber ♦ Subject to automatic laser shutdown in the event of an interruption in the continuity of the transmission fiber path ♦ Provides a Class 4 level output power but operated as a Hazard Level 1 source ♦ A largely passive unit for high reliability

7.13.2

Control Parameters

♦ Output power adjustable from 300 mW up to the maximum rated power ♦ Gain tilt adjustment through individual adjustment of output power at each wavelength ♦ Operational mode selection: Forced Off or Normal (APR mode)

7.13.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored within the LCU and displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: ♦ Output power at each 14xx pump wavelength ♦ Presence of the OSC Tx fiber integrity monitor signal

7.13.4

Electronics Description

The RMH07-LCU is a module containing the passive components such as polarization beam combiners, depolarizers, tap couplers and WDM couplers for the Multiplexed Laser Diode Raman Co-Pump. This passive module combines the outputs from up to six laser diodes, each mounted on its own Single Mode Laser diode Unit card (RMH07-SLU). The LCU contains two modules: the Raman monitor optical tray and the Raman monitor PCBA. The first module contains only optical components and fiber. The second module is a PCB assembly that holds the monitor photodiodes and the strict minimum of electronic components (a few operational amplifiers, a digital potentiometer, and an I2C memory device). The number of active components on this assembly has been kept low in order to obtain a reliable MTBF value. Figure 72 illustrates the physical appearance of the RMH07-LCU for a dual-wavelength Multiplexed Laser Diode Co-Pump. The LCU has seven (nine for the three-wavelength MLD) bulkhead optical connector adapters on its front panel. The SLU connectors and the OTDR port connector are SC/APC connectors (green adapters) while the remaining connectors are SC/UPC (blue adapters). A connectorized fiber running from the inside of the LCU is connected to one side of each adapter. Finally, there is one 3 m long armoured pigtail that carries the multiplexed laser diode pump power, along with the signal channels and the OSC fiber integrity monitor signal, to the splice enclosure of the rack’s armoured fiber distribution frame (ADF) tray, for splicing to the fiber leading to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF), where it is in turn spliced to the link’s transmitting fiber. The ADF is an intermediate ODF located in the equipment rack in close proximity to the RMH07 subrack. The output pigtail is armoured to ensure that there is no possibility of human access to hazardous levels of optical radiation under any reasonably foreseeable event (such as a broken optical fiber).

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 168 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The LCU shown in Figure 72 is equipped with three OSU input ports for operation on a link which contains a Remote Optically Pumped Amplifier (ROPA). In such cases, there would be one additional OSU card (in Slot 21), with a wavelength of 1620 nm, to allow the link integrity to be verified before permitting the ROPA pump to be turned on (since a 1574-nm OSC signal would be heavily attenuated by the unpumped Er fiber of the ROPA). To prevent human access to hazardous optical power levels in the event of an open SLU optical connector or a broken SLU fiber, the seed laser diodes on the SLU cards are subject to automatic laser shutdown (ALS) in the event that the continuity of the SLU-LCU fiber pathway is interrupted due to either a broken fiber or an SLU’s A or B connector being disconnected. The LCU PCB is equipped with: • • •

A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for monitoring the presence of the OSC Tx fiber integrity monitor signal Up to three PIN photo-detectors with their signal conditioning for monitoring the Raman pump power at each of the pump wavelengths I2C memory identifier for remote inventory and presence indication

LCU-MLD-750 1426/1453-C6 A-04212-1 RY S/N XXX

B

1426 nm

S ee d 1A

S ee d 1B

S ee d 2A

S ee d 2B

O TD R (A P C)

O utput Monito r

Signal Input

A

1 4 53 n m

From SLUs

RMU Optical Tray

Armoured Cable Carrying Co-Pump Output to ADF

OSC Inputs From OSC Tx 2 x 1574 1 x 1620

Figure 72 - RMH07-LCU for Dual-Wavelength MLD MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.13.5

Page 169 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Optical Description

The optical schematic of the LCU for a three-wavelength MLD Co-Pump is shown in Figure 73. The RMU optical tray contains a polarization beam combiner for each pair of laser diodes (two per pump wavelength) and depolarizers to ensure a low degree of polarization (DOP) of the pump output to minimize polarization dependent Raman gain. A tap coupler is provided for monitoring the power at each wavelength prior to combining their powers via a pair of WDMs. The RMU tray also contains a 50/50 coupler to combine the input fibers from the transmitter ports of the redundant 1574-nm OSUs and a WDM to multiplex the 1574- and 1620-nm OSC Tx signals. A photodiode monitors the OSC Tx power and provides confirmation to the OSU cards regarding the presence of the OSC Tx signal in the LCU. The OSC Tx signal is then combined with the signal channels, entering the RMU via the Signal In connector on the front panel of the LCU, and then both are combined with the composite Raman pump power for launching into the span. An optical isolator in the signal input path prevents any feedback from the line fiber from reaching the TTE. An optical Output Monitor port is provided to allow monitoring of the combined Signal/OSC/Raman Pump output spectrum. All monitor photodiodes are located on the RMU PCBA (described in the previous section) which is connected to the optical tray. The 5/95 tap coupler in the signal path provides a transparent access pathway from the OTDR port to the outside fiber plant. This access path for an OTDR is especially important since the Raman Co-Pump is spliced to the line fiber. The OTDR connector is an angled connector (APC) to prevent reflections into the fiber span.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 170 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

ADF

RMU Tray

LDλ1

Output Monitor

Depol

Tap

Tap

LDλ1

PBC

TO SYSTEM ODF

WDM

PDλ1

WDM

LDλ2 Depol WDM

Tap

LDλ2

PBC

PDλ2

LDλ3 Depol Tap

LDλ3

WDM

PBC

PDλ3

5/95 Coupler OTDR

1620 nm OSU In

1574 nm OSU In

50/ 50

1574 nm OSU In

1574/ 1620

Signal In

Tap

PDOSC

Figure 73 – Three-Wavelength MLD LCU Optical Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.13.6

Page 171 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

LCU Specifications Table 7-109 - Electrical Specification Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Voltage range

4.5

5.0

6.0

V

Consumption

-

-

0.03

W

Type

Item

Power

Table 7-110 – LCU Optical Specification for Three-Wavelength MLD Raman Co-Pump Parameter

Min.

Typ. / Nom.

Max.

Units

1412.5

1414

1415.5

nm

1432.5

1434

1435.5

nm

1452.5

1454

1455.5

nm

Output Power per Wavelength

50

-

335

mW

Maximum Total Output Power

1000

-

-

mW

Output Power Adjustment Granularity

2

-

-

mW

Output Power Set Point Repeatability

-

±2

±4

%

±2

±4

%

Output Wavelengths

Output Power Stability Degree of Polarization

-

3

5

%

Relative Intensity Noise

-

-

-115

dB/Hz

Non-ROPA Links

-

1574

-

nm

ROPA Links

-

1574 + 1620

-

nm

Residual Output Power in Shutdown Mode (OSC Tx Sig.)

-

-

10

mW

Time for Output Power Shutdown

-

-

2.2

s

Time for Output Power Restart (after SLU connectivity check)

-

-

0.5

s

1510

-

1568

nm

Signal Passband Insertion Loss

-

2.2

2.5

dB

Signal Passband Ripple

-

0.3

0.6

dB

Polarization Sensitivity (PDL) in Signal Path

-

-

0.3

dB

Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD) in Signal Path

-

-

0.5

ps

Input Signal Return Loss

40

-

-

dB

Output Optical Monitor Attenuation Factor

-29

-

-31

dB

Co-Propagating Fiber Integrity Monitor Wavelength

Signal Passband

Input/Output Fiber Type MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

SMF-28

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Parameter

Page 172 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Min.

Typ. / Nom.

Max.

Units

Optical Connectors Signal Input

SC/UPC

OSU In 1574

SC/UPC

OSU In 1620

SC/UPC

Output Monitor

SC/UPC

SLU Inputs

SC/APC

OTDR

SC/APC SMF-28, 3 m, 900 μm buffer with 3 mm flexible stainless steel armour sheath

Output Fiber to Line

Table 7-111 - LCU Optical Specification for Two-Wavelength MLD Raman Co-Pump Parameter

Min.

Typ. / Nom.

Max.

Units

1424.5

1426

1427.5

nm

1451.5

1453

1454.5

nm

Output Power per Wavelength

50

-

400

mW

Maximum Total Output Power

750

-

-

mW

Output Power Adjustment Granularity

2

-

-

mW

Output Power Set Point Repeatability

-

±2

±4

%

±2

±4

%

Output Wavelengths

Output Power Stability Degree of Polarization

-

3

5

%

Relative Intensity Noise

-

-

-115

dB/Hz

Non-ROPA Links

-

1574

-

nm

ROPA Links

-

1574 + 1620

-

nm

Residual Output Power in Shutdown Mode (OSC Tx Sig.)

-

-

10

mW

Time for Output Power Shutdown

-

-

2.2

s

Time for Output Power Restart (after SLU connectivity check)

-

-

0.5

s

1510

-

1568

nm

Signal Passband Insertion Loss

-

2.2

2.5

dB

Signal Passband Ripple

-

0.3

0.6

dB

Polarization Sensitivity (PDL) in Signal Path

-

-

0.3

dB

Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD) in Signal Path

-

-

0.5

ps

Co-Propagating Fiber Integrity Monitor Wavelength

Signal Passband

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 173 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Parameter

Min.

Typ. / Nom.

Max.

Units

Input Signal Return Loss

40

-

-

dB

Output Optical Monitor Attenuation Factor

-29

-

-31

dB

Input/Output Fiber Type

SMF-28

Optical Connectors Signal Input

SC/UPC

OSU In 1574

SC/UPC

OSU In 1620

SC/UPC

Output Monitor

SC/UPC

SLU Inputs

SC/APC

OTDR

SC/APC SMF-28, 3 m, 900 μm buffer with 3 mm flexible stainless steel armour sheath

Output Fiber to Line

Table 7-112 - LCU Physical Specification Parameter

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

1.9

kg

Height

H

184

mm

Depth

D

224

mm

Width

W

171

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 174 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-113 - LCU Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Input

SC/UPC

SIGNAL INPUT

Composite

SC/UPC

Output Monitor SLU Inputs

OUTPUT MONITOR

SC/APC

(2 per Wavelength)

SEED xA SEED xB 14xx nm

OTDR

SC/APC

OTDR (APC)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 175 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.14 Raman Converter Unit (RMH07-RCU-RFL-1454-Cn-Iy & RCU-RFL1426/1454-S2-Cn-Iy) 7.14.1

Product highlights

♦ Mechanical design supports up to seven 975-nm multimode pump inputs (MLUs) coupled through armoured input fibers ♦ Optical design allows easy customization of output power ♦ Output power provided via armoured fiber ♦ Subject to automatic laser shutdown in the event of an interruption in the continuity of the transmission fiber path ♦ Class 4 device operated as a Hazard Level 1 source ♦ A largely passive unit for high reliability

7.14.2

Control Parameters

♦ Output power adjustable from 300 mW up to the maximum rated power ♦ Gain tilt adjustment on dual-wavelength models through individual adjustment of output power at each wavelength ♦ Operational mode selection: Forced Off or Normal (APR mode)

7.14.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored within the RCU and displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: ♦ Raman laser Output power (at both wavelengths in dual-wavelength units)

7.14.4

Electronics Description

The RCU has three main sub-modules – the Raman fiber laser optical tray (RLU), the Raman monitor optical tray (RMU) and the Raman monitor PCB assembly. The first two modules contain only optical components and fiber. The third module is a PCB assembly that holds the monitor photodiodes and the strict minimum of electronic components (a few operational amplifiers, a digital potentiometer, and an I2C memory device). The number of active components on this assembly has been kept low to ensure a high MTBF value. Figure 74 illustrates the physical appearance of the RMH07-RCU for a dual-wavelength RFL with redundant seed lasers. The RCU has seven card guide slots (for MLUs and SLUs) across its top (an optional model provides nine card guide slots) and five bulkhead optical connector adapters on its front. A connectorized fiber running from the inside of the RCU is connected to one side of each adapter. In addition, there are two connectorized fiber pigtails from the RCU to be connected to the OSC Rx ports on the subrack’s OSU PIUs. The fibers carrying the pump power from the MLU cards are armoured, as is (are) the fiber(s) interconnecting the RLU and RMU trays, to prevent human access to hazardous levels of laser radiation. Finally, there is one 3 m long armoured pigtail that carries the optical power output from the high power pump source to the splice enclosure of the rack’s armoured fiber distribution frame (ADF) tray for splicing to the fiber leading to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF) where it is in turn spliced to the link’s receiving fiber. The ADF is an intermediate ODF located in the equipment rack in close proximity to the RMH07 subrack. The output pigtail is armoured to ensure that there is no possibility of human access to hazardous levels of optical radiation under any reasonably foreseeable event (such as a broken optical fiber). To prevent human access to hazardous optical power levels in the event of an open SLU optical connector, the seed laser diodes on the SLU cards are subject to automatic laser shutdown (ALS) in the event that their A or B connector is disconnected. The RCU PCB assembly can be equipped with: • • •

A PIN photodiode with its signal conditioning for Raman laser power monitoring A PIN photodiode with its signal conditioning for monitoring the input seed power (dual-wavelength RFL) A PIN photodiode with its signal conditioning for monitoring the amplified seed power (dual-wavelength RFL)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

•

Page 176 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

2

I C memory for product inventory information and unit presence detection

From MLUs From SLUs

Armoured Fibers

RMU Optical Tray

CAUTION: INVISIBLE CLASS 3B LASER RADIATION ENCLOSED SUBJECT TO ALS WHEN OPENED HAZARD LEVEL 1 IEC 60825-2:2007

RCU Assembly Raman Laser Optical Tray

B A OSC Outputs To OSC Rx Armoured Cable Carrying Raman Laser Output to ADF

Figure 74 – RMH07-RCU for Dual-Wavelength RFL 7.14.5

Optical Description

The optical schematic of the RCU for a dual-wavelength Raman Fiber Laser is shown in Figure 75. The RLU optical tray contains the pump combiner, the Ytterbium (Yb) fiber laser and the fiber resonator in which the cascaded Raman wavelength conversion takes place. The 975-nm power from each of the RMH07-MLU pump laser diodes (up to seven laser diodes may be used depending on the desired Raman laser output power) is coupled into the 7:1 fused fiber combiner along one of its armoured multi-mode input fibers. The output of the combiner is then fed into the Yb-doped double-clad fiber. The resonator of the Yb fiber laser is formed by incorporating fiber gratings at the input (fully reflective at the Yb laser wavelength) and at the output (fully reflective for the pump wavelength, semi-transparent for the Yb laser wavelength). Thus, at the output end of the Yb fiber, only the Yb laser wavelength is allowed to exit the resonator.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 177 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

For the case of the dual-wavelength Raman Fiber Laser shown in Figure 75, the outputs from the two seed LDs at 1454 nm are combined using a polarization beam combiner, depolarized and then combined with the Yb laser output in WDM (3) and injected into a resonant Raman converter formed by a length of fiber bracketed by sets of fiber gratings which create a closed resonator for the intermediate wavelengths in a multi-step Raman conversion sequence and a partially open resonator at 1426 and 1454 nm, the Raman pump source wavelengths required to produce flat Raman gain over the C-band. The 1426+1454 nm output of the Raman converter is then fed to the RMU optical tray where 0.1% of the combined output is split off and separated by wavelength to allow monitoring of the launch power at each of the two wavelengths (the power monitors are calibrated with respect to the power exiting the RCU on the armoured cable). The remainder of the Raman pump power is directed out towards the transmission line fiber by the pump/signal WDM (1). A pair of tap couplers provides a Hazard Level 1 output at the optical Raman Monitor port. The incoming data channels and OSC signal enter the RMU tray, pass through the pump/signal WDM and are then separated by WDM (2). The OSC signal is split by the 50/50 coupler to provide an input signal to the OSC receiver on each of the redundant OSU cards. The C-band data channels continue on through the tap coupler for OTDR insertion and an optical isolator, on their way to the output optical connector and connection to the TTE. The 5/95 tap coupler (4) in the signal path provides a transparent access pathway from the OTDR port to the outside fiber plant. This access path for an OTDR is especially important since the Raman pump source is spliced to the line fiber. The OTDR connector is an angled connector (APC) to prevent reflections into the fiber span. The optical path through the main optical tray is spliced end-to-end, to ensure high reliability and safety of operation.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

MLU

MLU

MLU

MLU

Page 178 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

MLU

MLU

MLU

7:1 COMBINER RAMAN CONVERTER UNIT

RLU OPTICAL TRAY

WDM

Yb LASER

3

RAMAN CONVERTER 1426/1454 nm

SEED POWER MONITOR TAP

RMU OPTICAL TRAY

TAP

λ1 POWER MONITOR

DEP WDM PBC

λ2 POWER MONITOR

50/50

RAMAN MONITOR

1454 nm SEED IN 1574 nm OSC OUT 1574 nm OSC OUT OTDR PORT

TAP

TO SYSTEM ODF

1454 nm SEED IN

1

2

4

ADF TAP

WDM

WDM

TAP

Figure 75 – Dual-wavelength RFL RCU Optical Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

OUTPUT TO TERMINAL

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.14.6

Page 179 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RCU Specification Table 7-114 – RCU Electrical Specification Type

Power

Min

Item

Typ

Max

Unit

Voltage range

4.5

5.0

6.0

V

Consumption

-

-

0.03

W

Table 7-115 – RCU Optical Specification Parameter

Min.

Max.

Unit

Notes

Total Laser Output Power Adjustment Range RFL-1000-1454-C5-Iy RFL-1500-1454-C5-Iy RFL-1000-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy RFL-1500-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy Seed Output Power Adjustment Range RFL-1000-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy RFL-1500-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy Power Stability

300 300 -0.1

600 800 +0.1

dB

Output Power Adjustment Increment

50

-

mW

-0.5

+0.5

dB

T = 25°C

λnom -1

λnom +1

nm

T = 25°C

Output Power Deviation from Set Point Center Wavelength Primary Wavelength RFL-xx00-1454-C5-Iy RFL-xx00-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy Seed Wavelength RFL-xx00-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy Wavelength Stability Spectral Width (3 dB points) @ min output power @ max output power Degree of Polarization Relative Intensity Noise RFL-xx00-1454-C5-Iy RFL-xx00-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy Signal Passband RFL-xx00-1454-C5-I1 RFL-xx00-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1 RFL-xx00-1454-C5-I2 RFL-xx00-1426/1454-S2-C5-I2 MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

mW 300 300 300 300

1000 1500 1000 1500 mW

nm 1453 1425

1455 1427

1452.5

1455.5

-

12

nm pm/°C T = -5°C to +55°C nm

-

0.5 1.2 10

% dB/Hz

-

-90 -90 nm

1510 1510 1550.5 1550.5

1568 1568 1557.5 1557.7

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Parameter

Page 180 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Min.

Max.

Unit

dB

Passband Ripple RFL-xx00-1454-C5-Iy RFL-xx00-1426/1454-S2-C5-Iy Signal Band Insertion Loss

-

0.6 0.8 4

dB

Polarization Sensitivity (PDL) in Signal Path

-

0.3

dB

Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD)

-

0.5

ps

Optical Isolation (Sig.o/p to Sig.i/p)

20

-

dB

Raman Optical Monitor Attenuation Factor

-29

-31

dB

-

16

dB

OTDR Insertion Loss (OTDR Port to Line Port)

Notes

1542 – 1568 nm 1530 – 1568 nm 1510 – 1568 nm

1500 - 1568 nm

Optical Connectors Signal Out

SC/UPC

OSC Out

SC/UPC

Raman Monitor Out

SC/UPC

Seed In

SC/APC

OTDR In

SC/APC SMF-28, 3 m, 900 μm buffer with 3 mm flexible stainless steel armour sheath

Output Fiber to Line

Table 7-116 – RCU Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

2.7

kg

Height

H

184

mm

Depth

D

224

mm

Width

W

171

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 181 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-117 – RCU Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Output

SC/UPC

SIGNAL OUTPUT

Raman Monitor

SC/UPC

RAMAN MONITOR

Seed Input (2)

SC/APC

SEED 1 SEED 2

CAUTION: INVISIBLE CLASS 3B LASER RADIATION ENCLOSED SUBJECT TO ALS WHEN OPENED HAZARD LEVEL 1 IEC 60825-2:2007

OTDR

SC/APC

OTDR (APC)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 182 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.15 Conventional ROPA Pump Raman Converter Unit (RMH07-RCU-RFL -XX00148x-C6-Iy) 7.15.1

Product Highlights

♦ Mechanical design supports up to seven 975-nm multimode pump inputs (MLUs) coupled through armoured input fibers ♦ Optical design allows easy customization of output power ♦ Includes decoupling optics for an additional OSC signal at 1620 nm to allow the link integrity to be confirmed prior to activating the ROPA pump ♦ Output power provided via armoured fiber ♦ Subject to automatic laser shutdown in the event of an interruption in the continuity of the transmission fiber path ♦ Class 4 device operated as a Hazard Level 1 source ♦ A largely passive unit for high reliability

7.15.2

Control Parameters

♦ Output power adjustable from 300mW up to the maximum rated power ♦ Operational mode selection: Forced Off or Normal (APR mode)

7.15.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored within the RCU and displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: ♦ Raman laser Output power

7.15.4

Electronics Description

The RCU has three main sub-modules – the Raman fiber laser optical tray (RLU), the Raman monitor optical tray (RMU) and the Raman monitor PCB assembly. The first two modules contain only optical components and fiber. The third module is a PCB assembly that holds the monitor photodiodes and the strict minimum of electronic components (a few operational amplifiers, a digital potentiometer, and I2C memory device). The number of active components on this assembly has been kept low to obtain a high MTBF value. Figure 76 illustrates the physical appearance of the RMH07-RCU for a 148x-nm RFL ROPA pump source. The RCU has seven card guide slots (for MLUs) across its top and three bulkhead optical connector adapters on its front. A connectorized fiber running from the inside of the RCU is connected to one side of each adapter. In addition, there are three connectorized fiber pigtails from the RCU to be connected to the OSC Rx ports on the subrack’s OSU PIUs. The fibers carrying the pump power from the MLU cards are armoured, as is the fiber interconnecting the RLU and RMU trays, to prevent human access to hazardous levels of laser radiation. Finally, there is one 3 m long armoured pigtail that carries the optical power output from the high power pump source to the splice enclosure of the rack’s armoured fiber distribution frame (ADF) tray for splicing to the fiber leading to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF) where it is in turn spliced to the link’s receiving fiber. The ADF is an intermediate ODF located in the equipment rack in close proximity to the RMH07 subrack. The output pigtail is armoured to ensure that there is no possibility of human access to hazardous levels of optical radiation under any reasonably foreseeable event (such as a broken optical fiber).

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 183 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

From MLUs

RMU Optical Tray

Armoured Fibers

RCU Assembly Raman Laser Optical Tray

OSC Outputs To OSC Rx Armored Cable Carrying Raman Laser Output to ADF Figure 76 – RMH07-RCU for ROPA Pump Raman Fiber Laser 7.15.5

Optical Description

The optical schematic of the RCU for a ROPA Pump Raman Fiber Laser is shown in Figure 77. The RLU optical tray contains the pump combiner, the Ytterbium (Yb) fiber laser and the fiber resonator in which the cascaded Raman wavelength conversion takes place. The RFL converts the 975-nm multimode laser diode power from up to seven associated MLUs to high single mode power at 148x nm. It consists of an Yb-doped double-clad fiber laser with an output wavelength of 1093 nm followed by a resonant Raman converter, a length of single mode fiber bracketed by nested pairs of fiber Bragg grating (FBG) ‘mirrors’. The FBG pairs thus form a series of resonator cavities in the converter at successively longer wavelengths, leading to the efficient cascaded conversion of the 1093-nm Yb laser output to the desired 148x-nm wavelength via stimulated Raman scattering. The output of the Raman converter is then fed to the RMU optical tray where a portion is tapped off to provide a calibrated monitor of the launch power. The output can also be monitored optically at the Raman monitor port (the monitor output power is below the Hazard Level 1 limit). MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 184 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The fiber coming from the system ODF and carrying the incoming data and OSC signals is spliced, in the rackmounted ADF tray, to the armoured RCU output pigtail carrying the outgoing 148x-nm ROPA pump power. The incoming data channels and OSC signals enter the RMU tray, pass through the pump/signal WDM (1) and are then separated by WDM (2). The 1620- and 1574-nm OSC signal paths are separated by WDM (3) and a 50/50 coupler splits the 1574-nm OSC signal to provide an input signal to the OSC receiver on each of the redundant OSU cards. The C-band data channels continue on through an OTDR insertion tap coupler and an optical isolator, on their way to the output optical connector and connection to the TTE. The 5/95 tap coupler in the signal path provides a transparent access pathway from the OTDR port to the outside fiber plant. This access path for an OTDR is especially important since the ROPA pump source is spliced to the line fiber. The OTDR connector is an angled connector (APC) to prevent reflections into the fiber span. The optical path through the main optical tray is spliced end-to-end, to ensure high reliability and safety of operation.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

MLU

MLU

MLU

MLU

Page 185 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

MLU

MLU

MLU

7:1 COMBINER RAMAN CONVERTER UNIT

RLU OPTICAL TRAY

Yb LASER

RAMAN CONVERTER 148x nm

TAP

RMU OPTICAL TRAY

148x nm POWER MONITOR

1620 nm OSC OUT

3 50/50

WDM

RAMAN MONITOR

1574 nm OSC OUT OTDR PORT

TAP

TO SYSTEM ODF

1574 nm OSC OUT

1

2

ADF TAP

WDM

WDM

TAP

Figure 77 – RFL ROPA Pump RCU Optical Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

OUTPUT TO TERMINAL

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.15.6

Page 186 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RCU Specification Table 7-118 – RCU Electrical Specification Type

Item

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Power

Voltage range

4.5

5.0

6.0

V

Consumption

-

-

0.03

W

Table 7-119 – RCU Optical Specification Parameter

Min.

Max.

300 300 300 300

1000 1200 1500 2000

Power Stability

-0.1

+0.1

dB

Output Power Adjustment Increment

50

-

mW

Output Power Deviation from Set Point

-0.5

+0.5

dB

T = 25°C

nm

T = 25°C

Total Laser Output Power Adjustment Range RFL-1000-148x-C6-Iy RFL-1200-148x-C6-Iy RFL-1500-148x-C6-Iy RFL-2000-148x-C6-Iy

Center Wavelength Wavelength Stability

148x -1 148x +1

Unit mW

Notes

pm/°C T = -5°C to +55°C

-

12

@ min output power

0.5

-

nm

@ max output power

1.2

-

nm

Degree of Polarization

-

%

Relative Intensity Noise

-

10 -90

Spectral Width (3 dB points)

Signal Passband RFL-xxx0-148x-C6-I1 RFL-xxx0-148x-C6-I2

dB/Hz nm

1542 1550.5

1568 1557.5

Passband Ripple

-

0.8

dB

Signal Band Insertion Loss

-

3

dB

Polarization Sensitivity (PDL) in Signal Path

-

0.3

dB

Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD)

-

0.5

ps

Optical Isolation (Sig. o/p to Sig. i/p)

20

-

dB

Raman Optical Monitor Attenuation Factor

-29

-31

dB

-

16

dB

OTDR Insertion Loss (OTDR Port to Line Port)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

1500 - 1568 nm

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Parameter

Page 187 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Min.

Optical Connectors Signal Out OSC Out Raman Monitor Out OTDR In Output Fiber to ADF Tray

Max.

Unit

Notes

SC/UPC SC/UPC SC/UPC SC/APC SMF-28, 3 m, 900 μm buffer with 3 mm flexible stainless steel armour sheath

Table 7-120 – RCU Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

2.7

kg

Height

H

184

mm

Depth

D

224

mm

Width

W

171

mm

Table 7-121 – RCU Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Output

SC/UPC

SIGNAL OUTPUT

Raman Monitor

SC/UPC

RAMAN MONITOR

OTDR

SC/APC

OTDR (APC)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 188 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.16 Super Raman Converter Unit (RCU-SRP-xx00-1454-S2-C5-Iy & -SRP-xx001426/1454-S2-C5-Iy) 7.16.1

Product highlights

♦ Output used as a Super Raman pump to provide third-order distributed Raman amplification in the C-band region ♦ Mechanical design supports up to seven 975-nm multimode pump inputs (MLUs) coupled through armoured input fibers ♦ Optical design allows easy customization of output power ♦ Utilizes two single-mode seed laser diodes for normal operation ♦ Output power provided via armoured fiber ♦ Subject to automatic laser shutdown in the event of an interruption in the continuity of the transmission fiber path ♦ Class 4 device operated as a Hazard Level 1 source ♦ A largely passive unit for high reliability

7.16.2

Control Parameters

♦ Output power adjustable from 500mW to Pmax ♦ Operation mode (Force Off, or Normal (APR mode))

7.16.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored in the RCU and displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: ♦ Raman fiber laser output power (at 1276 nm) ♦ Optical power injected at the seed wavelength

7.16.4

Electronics Description

The RCU has three main modules – the Raman Laser (RLU) optical tray, the Raman monitor (RMU) optical tray and the Raman monitor PCB assembly. The first two modules contain only optical components and fiber. The third module is a PCB assembly that holds a few operational amplifiers and two PIN photodiodes. The number of components on this assembly has been kept low to obtain a high MTBF value. The RMU PCB is equipped with: • A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for Raman laser power monitoring • A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for seed power monitoring • I2C memory identifier for remote inventory and presence indication Figure 78 illustrates the physical appearance of the RMH07-RCU for a single-wavelength Super Raman Pump with redundant seed lasers. The RCU has seven card guide slots (for MLUs and SLUs) across its top (an optional model provides nine card guide slots) and five bulkhead optical connector adapters on its front. A connectorized fiber running from the inside of the RCU is connected to one side of each adapter. In addition, there are two connectorized fiber pigtails from the RCU to be connected to the OSC Rx ports on the subrack’s OSU PIUs. The fibers carrying the pump power from the MLU cards are armoured, as is the fiber interconnecting the RLU and RMU trays, to prevent human access to hazardous levels of laser radiation. Finally, there is one 3-m long armoured pigtail that carries the optical power output from the high power pump source to the splice enclosure of the rack’s armoured fiber distribution frame (ADF) tray for splicing to the fiber leading to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF) where it is in turn spliced to the link’s receiving fiber. The ADF is an intermediate ODF located in the equipment rack in close proximity to the RMH07 subrack. The output pigtail is armoured to ensure that there is no possibility of human access to hazardous levels of optical radiation under any reasonably foreseeable event (such as a broken optical fiber). MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 189 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

To prevent human access to hazardous optical power levels in the event of an open optical connector, the seed laser diodes on the SLU cards are subject to automatic laser shutdown (ALS) in the event that their A or B connector is disconnected.

From MLUs From SLUs

Armoured Fibers

RMU Optical Tray

CAUTION

CAUTION: INVISIBLE CLASS 3B CLASS 3B LASER RADIATION LASER RADIATION ENCLOSEDENCLOSED SUBJECT TOALS WHEN OPENED ALS WHEN SUBJECT TO OPENED Pmax: 360 mW 1 HAZARD LEVEL – 1490 nm IEC1420 60825-2:2007

RCU Assembly Raman Laser Optical Tray

B A OSC Outputs To OSC Rx Armoured Cable Carrying Raman Laser Output to ADF Figure 78 – RMH07-RCU for SRP

7.16.5

Optical Description

Super Raman Pumps are based on MPBC’s patented cascaded Raman pumping technology. In cascaded Raman pumping, high power at the pump wavelength required to provide gain for the signal channels is developed out in the transmission fiber itself (rather than in the RCU as is the case for RFL pump sources) through a sequence of Raman conversions initiated by the launch of high power at a wavelength two Raman shifts below the desired final pump wavelength. As a result, the output a single-wavelength Super Raman Pump (SRP) consists of high power at a wavelength of 1276 nm along with low seed power at the final 1454-nm pump wavelength, the latter being provided by the laser diode(s) on the SLU card(s). Inclusion of a high-reflectivity FBG at the intermediate 1360-nm wavelength at the output of the SRP assures the generation of high power at 1360 nm out in the span. For a dualwavelength SRP, the seed laser diodes are at a wavelength of 1426 nm and a high-reflectivity FBG at 1454 nm is added in series with that at 1360 nm. This third-order pumping scheme results in the Raman gain being pushed further out into the transmission fiber, which in turn, lowers the noise figure and improves the OSNR of the data MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 190 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

channel(s). A Super Raman Pump typically offers 2 dB more system margin than conventional Raman Fiber Lasers. The optical schematic of the RCU for a single-wavelength SRP is shown in Figure 79 (the schematic for a dualwavelength SRP is identical except for the wavelength of the seed laser diodes and the addition of a second FBG at 1454 nm next to the FBG at 1360 nm). It contains a Super Raman Fiber Laser (SRFL), monitors for the SRFL and seed powers and coupling and decoupling optics for launching the combined SRFL and seed powers into the line fiber and extracting the incoming data and OSC signals. The entire optical train in the RCU is fusion spliced endto-end to ensure high reliability and safety of operation. The SRFL converts the 975-nm multimode laser diode power from up to seven associated MLUs to high pump power at 1276 nm. It consists of an Yb-doped double-clad fiber laser with an output wavelength of 1093 nm followed by a resonant Raman converter, a length of P-doped fiber bracketed by fiber Bragg grating (FBG) ‘mirrors’. The FBGs thus form a resonator cavity in the P-doped fiber, leading to the efficient conversion of the 1093-nm Yb laser output to the desired 1276-nm wavelength via stimulated Raman scattering. The outputs from the two seed LDs are combined using a polarization beam combiner, depolarized and then injected onto the outgoing fiber via WDM (3) indicated in Figure 79. As shown in Figure 79, both the 1276-nm and 1454-nm powers are monitored by photodiodes (located on the RMU PCB), which are calibrated with respect to the launch powers at the two wavelengths. The combined pump output can also be monitored optically at the Raman monitor optical connector (the monitor output power is below the Hazard Level 1 limit). The 1454-nm power monitor not only provides a calibrated readout of the launched seed power but also plays the pivotal role in detecting an open seed delivery optical connector, leading to the ALS of the affected SLU laser diode. The fiber coming from the system ODF and carrying the incoming data and OSC signals is spliced, in the rackmounted ADF tray, to the armoured RCU output pigtail carrying the outgoing high power 1276-nm pump coupled with the low seed power at 1454 nm. Inside the RMU optical tray, the data and OSC signals are separated from the 1276-nm pump path via the pump-signal WDM (1) as shown in Figure 36. The 1574-nm OSC signal is then extracted by WDM (2) and the C-band data channels continue on through the 1454-nm seed insertion WDM (3), the tap coupler for OTDR insertion and an optical isolator, on their way to the output optical connector and connection to the TTE. The received OSC signal is split by the 50/50 coupler to provide an input signal to the OSC receiver on each of the redundant OSU cards. The 5/95 tap coupler in the signal path provides a transparent access pathway from the OTDR port to the outside fiber plant. This access path for an OTDR is especially important since the Raman pump source is spliced to the line fiber. The OTDR connector is an angled connector (APC) to prevent reflections into the fiber span.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

MLU

MLU

MLU

Page 191 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

MLU

MLU

MLU

MLU

7:1 COMBINER RAMAN CONVERTER UNIT

RLU OPTICAL TRAY

Yb LASER

TAP

RAMAN CONVERTER 1276 nm

RAMAN POWER MONITOR

1574 nm OSC OUT 50/50 1574 nm OSC OUT

1454 nm SEED IN PBC

RMU OPTICAL TRAY

1454 nm SEED IN

TAP

DEP

SEED POWER MONITOR RAMAN MONITOR TAP

TO SYSTEM ODF

OTDR PORT

ADF

1 TAP

WDM

2 WDM

3 WDM

TAP

FBG 1360 nm

Figure 79 – Typical RCU-SRP Optical Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

OUTPUT TO TERMINAL

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.16.6

Page 192 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RCU-SRP Specification Table 7-122 – RCU Electrical Specification Type

Power

Item

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Voltage range

4.5

5.0

6.0

V

Consumption

-

-

0.03

W

Table 7-123 – SRP Optical Specification Parameter

Min.

Max.

Primary Laser Output Power Adjustment Range SRP-3000-1454-S2-C5-I1

500

3000

SRP-4000-1454-S2-C5-I1

500

4000

SRP-5000-1454-S2-C5-I1

1000

5000

SRP-3000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1

500

3000

SRP-4000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1

500

4000

SRP-5000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1

1000

5000

Seed Output Power Adjustment Range

Unit

Notes

mW

λ = 1276 nm

mW

SRP-x000-1454-S2-C5-I1

13

50

SRP-x000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1

10

50

Power Stability

-0.1

+0.1

dB

Primary Output Power Adjustment Increment

50

-

mW

λ = 1276 nm

Output Power Deviation from Set Point

-0.5

+0.5

dB

Τ = 25°C

λnom -1

λnom +1

nm

Τ = 25°C

1453

1455

nm

-

12

Center Wavelength Raman Generated Wavelength SRP-x000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1 Raman Generated Wavelength Stability Seed Laser Wavelength

nm

SRP-x000-1454-S2-C5-I1

1452.5

1455.5

SRP-x000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1

1424.5

1427.5

Primary Output Spectral Width (3 dB points)

nm

@ min output power

0.5

-

@ max output power

1.2

-

-

10

Degree of Polarization MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

pm / °C T = -5°C to +55°C

%

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Parameter

Page 193 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Min.

Max.

Relative Intensity Noise

Unit

Notes

dB/Hz

SRP-x000-1454-S2-C5-I1

-

-90

SRP-x000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1

-

-90

Signal Passband

nm

SRP-x000-1454-S2-C5-I1

1500

1568

SRP-x000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I1

1500

1568

SRP-x000-1454-S2-C5-I2

1550.5

1557.5

SRP-x000-1426/1454-S2-C5-I2

1550.5

1557.5

C-Band Signal Insertion Loss

-

2.9

dB

WDM Passband Ripple (pk- to-pk)

-

0.6

dB

Polarization Sensitivity (PDL) in Signal Path

-

0.3

dB

Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD)

-

0.5

ps

Optical Isolation (Sig. o/p to Sig. i/p)

20

-

dB

Raman Optical Monitor Attenuation Factor

-29

-31

dB

-

16

dB

OTDR Insertion Loss (OTDR Port to Line Port)

1530 – 1568 nm

1530 – 1568 nm

Optical Connectors Signal Out

SC/UPC

OSC Out

SC/UPC

Raman Monitor Out

SC/UPC

Seed In

SC/APC

OTDR In

SC/APC SMF-28, 3 m, 900 μm buffer with 3 mm flexible stainless steel armour sheath

Output Fiber to ADF

Table 7-124 – RCU Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

2.7

kg

Height

H

184

mm

Depth

D

224

mm

Width

W

171

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 194 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-125 – RCU Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Output

SC/UPC

SIGNAL OUTPUT

Raman Monitor

SC/UPC

RAMAN MONITOR

Seed Input (2)

SC/APC

SEED 1 SEED 2

CAUTION: INVISIBLE CLASS 3B LASER RADIATION ENCLOSED SUBJECT TO ALS WHEN OPENED HAZARD LEVEL 1 IEC 60825-2:2007

OTDR

SC/APC

OTDR (APC)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 195 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.17 Cascaded ROPA Pump Converter Unit (RMH07-RCU-CRP-xx00-1420/1485-S2C6-Iy) 7.17.1

Product highlights

♦ Output used as a Cascaded ROPA Pump to provide third-order pump power delivery to a remote optically pumped Erbium doped fiber amplifier ♦ Mechanical design supports up to seven 975-nm multimode pump inputs (MLUs) coupled through armoured input fibers ♦ Optical design allows easy customization of output power ♦ Utilizes two single-mode seed laser diodes for normal operation ♦ Includes decoupling optics for an additional OSC signal at 1620 nm to allow the link integrity to be confirmed prior to activating the ROPA pump ♦ Output power provided via armoured fiber ♦ Subject to automatic laser shutdown in the event of an interruption in the continuity of the transmission fiber path ♦ Class 4 device operated as a Hazard Level 1 source ♦ A largely passive unit for high reliability

7.17.2

Control Parameters

♦ Output power adjustable from 500mW to Pmax ♦ Operation mode (Force Off, or Normal (APR mode))

7.17.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored in the RCU and displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: ♦ Raman fiber laser output power (at 1276 nm) ♦ Optical power injected at the seed wavelength

7.17.4

Electronics Description

The RCU has three main modules – the Raman fiber laser optical tray, the Raman monitor optical tray and the Raman monitor PCB assembly. The first two modules contain only optical components and fiber. The third module is a PCB assembly that holds a few operational amplifiers and two PIN photodiodes. The number of components on this assembly has been kept low to obtain a high MTBF value. The RCU PCB is equipped with: • A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for Raman laser power monitoring • A PIN photo-detector with its signal conditioning for seed power monitoring • I2C memory identifier for remote inventory and presence indication Figure 80 illustrates the physical appearance of the RMH07-RCU for a Cascaded ROPA Pump with redundant seed lasers. The RCU has seven card guide slots (for MLUs and SLUs) across its top (an optional model provides nine card guide slots) and five bulkhead optical connector adapters on its front. A connectorized fiber running from the inside of the RCU is connected to one side of each adapter. In addition, there are three connectorized fiber pigtails from the RCU to be connected to the OSC Rx ports on the subrack’s OSU PIUs. The fibers carrying the pump power from the MLU cards are armoured, as is the fiber interconnecting the RLU and RMU trays, to prevent human access to hazardous levels of laser radiation. Finally, there is one 3 m long armoured pigtail that carries the optical power output from the high power pump source to the splice enclosure of the rack’s armoured fiber distribution frame (ADF) tray for splicing to the fiber leading to the system’s optical fiber distribution panel (ODF) where it is in turn spliced to the link’s receiving fiber. The ADF is an intermediate ODF located in the equipment rack in close proximity to the RMH07 subrack. The output pigtail is armoured to ensure that there is no possibility MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 196 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

of human access to hazardous levels of optical radiation under any reasonably foreseeable event (such as a broken optical fiber). To prevent human access to hazardous optical power levels in the event of an open optical connector, the seed laser diodes on the SLU cards are subject to automatic laser shutdown (ALS) in the event that their A or B connector is disconnected.

From MLUs From SLUs

Armoured Fibers

RMU Optical Tray

CAUTION

CAUTION: INVISIBLE CLASS 3B CLASS 3B LASER RADIATION LASER RADIATION ENCLOSEDENCLOSED SUBJECT TOALS WHEN OPENED ALS WHEN SUBJECT TO OPENED Pmax: 360 mW 1 HAZARD LEVEL – 1490 nm IEC1420 60825-2:2007

RCU Assembly Raman Laser Optical Tray

B A OSC Outputs To OSC Rx Armoured Cable Carrying Raman Laser Output to ADF Figure 80 – RMH07-RCU for CRP

7.17.5

Optical Description

Cascaded ROPA Pumps are based on MPBC’s patented cascaded Raman pumping technology. As applied to ROPA pumping, high power at 1276 nm along with seed power at 1485 nm is launched into the transmission span. Two high-reflectivity FBGs, at 1356 and 1420 nm, located at the output of the CRP’s RCU, lead to successive Raman conversions and the development of high power at 1420 nm out in the span. The latter provides amplification for the launched seed power at 1485 nm, the ROPA pump wavelength. Compared to direct 1485-nm ROPA pumping, this cascaded pumping scheme increases the amount of pump power that can be delivered to a remotely-pumped amplifier by 2.4 dB. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 197 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The optical schematic of the RCU for a Cascaded ROPA Pump is shown in Figure 81. It contains a Super Raman Fiber Laser (SRFL), monitors for the SRFL and seed powers and coupling and decoupling optics for launching the combined SRFL and seed powers into the line fiber and extracting the incoming data and OSC signals. The entire optical train in the RCU is fusion spliced end-to-end to ensure high reliability and safety of operation. The SRFL converts the 975-nm multimode laser diode power from up to seven associated MLUs to high pump power at 1276 nm. It consists of an Yb-doped double-clad fiber laser with an output wavelength of 1093 nm followed by a resonant Raman converter, a length of P-doped fiber bracketed by fiber Bragg grating (FBG) ‘mirrors’. The FBGs thus form a resonator cavity in the P-doped fiber, leading to the efficient conversion of the 1093-nm Yb laser output to the desired 1276-nm wavelength via stimulated Raman scattering. The outputs from the two seed LDs are combined using a polarization beam combiner, depolarized and then injected onto the outgoing fiber via WDM (3). As shown in Figure 81, both the 1276-nm and 1485-nm powers are monitored by photodiodes (located on the RMU PCB) which are calibrated with respect to the launch powers at the two wavelengths. The combined pump output can also be monitored optically at the Raman monitor optical connector (the monitor output power is below the Hazard Level 1 limit). The 1485-nm power monitor not only provides a calibrated readout of the launched seed power but also plays the pivotal role in detecting an open seed delivery optical connector, leading to the ALS of the affected SLU laser diode. The fiber coming from the system ODF and carrying the incoming data and OSC signals is spliced, in the rackmounted ADF tray, to the armoured RCU output pigtail carrying the outgoing high power 1276-nm pump coupled with the low seed power at 1485 nm. Inside the RMU optical tray, the data and OSC signals are separated from the 1276-nm pump path via the pumpsignal WDM (1). OSC signals at 1574 and 1620 nm are then extracted by WDM (2) and the C-band data channels continue on through the 1485-nm seed insertion WDM (3), the tap coupler for OTDR insertion and an optical isolator, on their way to the output optical connector and connection to the TTE. WDM (4) separates the 1574- and 1620-nm OSC signal paths and the 1574-nm OSC signal is then split by a 50/50 coupler to provide an input signal to the OSC receiver on each of the redundant 1574-nm OSU cards. The 5/95 tap coupler in the signal path provides a transparent access pathway from the OTDR port to the outside fiber plant. This access path for an OTDR is especially important since the Raman pump source is spliced to the line fiber. The OTDR connector is an angled connector (APC) to prevent reflections into the fiber span.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

MLU

MLU

MLU

Page 198 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

MLU

MLU

MLU

MLU

7:1 COMBINER RAMAN CONVERTER UNIT

RLU OPTICAL TRAY

Yb LASER

RAMAN CONVERTER 1276 nm

TAP

1574 nm OSC OUT 50/50

RAMAN POWER MONITOR

1574 nm OSC OUT

WDM

1620 nm OSC OUT

4

1485 nm SEED IN PBC

RMU OPTICAL TRAY

1485nm SEED IN

TAP

DEP

SEED POWER MONITOR RAMAN MONITOR TAP

TO SYSTEM ODF

OTDR PORT

ADF

1

FBGs TAP

WDM

2 WDM

3 WDM

TAP

1356 1420 nm nm

Figure 81 – Typical RCU-CRP Optical Diagram

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

OUTPUT TO TERMINAL

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.17.6

Page 199 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RCU-CRP Specification Table 7-126 – RCU Electrical Specification Type

Power

Item

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Voltage range

4.5

5.0

6.0

V

Consumption

-

-

0.03

W

Table 7-127 – CRP Optical Specification Parameter Primary Laser Output Power Adjustment Range CRP-4000-1420/1485-S2-C6-I1 CRP-5000-1420/1485-S2-C6-I1 Seed Output Power Adjustment Range CRP-4000-1420/1485-S2-C6-I1 CRP-5000-1420/1485-S2-C6-I1 Power Stability

Min.

Max.

Unit

Notes λ = 1276 nm

1000 1000

4000 5000

mW mW

15 15 -0.1

50 50 +0.1

mW mW dB

Primary Output Power Adjustment Increment

50

-

mW

λ = 1276 nm

Output Power Deviation from Set Point

-0.5

+0.5

dB

T = 25°C

λnom -1

λnom +1

nm

T = 40°C

1419

1421

nm

-

12

1483.5

1486.5

nm

0.5 1.2 -

20

nm nm %

-90

dB/Hz

Center Wavelength Raman Generated Wavelength Raman Generated Wavelength Stability Seed Laser Wavelength Primary Output Spectral Width (3 dB points) @ min output power @ max output power Degree of Polarization Relative Intensity Noise

pm / °C T = -5°C to +55°C

Signal Passband CRP-x000-1420/1485-S2-C6-I1 CRP-x000-1420/1485-S2-C6-I2 C-Band Signal Insertion Loss

1500 1550.5 -

1568 1557.5 2.9

dB

WDM Passband Ripple (pk-to-pk)

-

0.6

dB

Polarization Sensitivity (PDL) in Signal Path

-

0.3

dB

Polarization Mode Dispersion (PMD)

-

0.5

ps

Optical Isolation (Sig. o/p to Sig. i/p)

20

-

dB

Raman Optical Monitor Attenuation Factor

-29

-31

dB

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

nm

1530 – 1568 nm

1530 – 1568 nm

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Parameter

Page 200 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Min.

Max.

Unit

-

16

dB

OTDR Insertion Loss (OTDR Port to Line Port)

Notes

Optical Connectors Signal Out

SC/UPC

OSC Out

SC/UPC

Raman Monitor Out

SC/UPC

Seed In

SC/APC

OTDR In

SC/APC SMF-28, 3 m, 900 μm buffer with 3 mm flexible stainless steel armour sheath

Output Fiber to ADF Tray

Table 7-128 – RCU Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Specification

Unit

2.7

kg

Weight Height

H

184

mm

Depth

D

224

mm

Width

W

171

mm

Table 7-129 – RCU Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Signal Output

SC/UPC

SIGNAL OUTPUT

Raman Monitor

SC/UPC

RAMAN MONITOR

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 201 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

Seed Input (2)

SC/APC

SEED 1 SEED 2

CAUTION: INVISIBLE CLASS 3B LASER RADIATION ENCLOSED SUBJECT TO ALS WHEN OPENED HAZARD LEVEL 1 IEC 60825-2:2007

OTDR

SC/APC

OTDR (APC)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 202 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.18 Optical De-multiplexer (RMH07-DEMUX-8) The RMH07-DEMUX8 uses a passive optical de-multiplexer, which covers 8 wavelengths. It allows the extraction of specific transmission wavelength and provides ASE filtering at the receiver end. The figure below identifies the location of all optical ports and the PIU format. The DEMUX-8 must be inserted in either slot 5 or 14 to be located by the RMH07 shelf controller (ASU). Model number/ Serial number

1551.72 output 1552.52 output

1553.33 output 1554.13 output

1555.75 output 1556.55 output

1557.36 output 1558.17 output

Demux input

Model Name

DEMUX8_PIU.VSD

Figure 82 – RMH07-DEMUX-8

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.18.1

Page 203 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-DEMUX-8 Specifications

The DEMUX-8 specifications are listed in the tables below.

Table 7-130 – DEMUX-8 Optical Specification Parameters

0.22

Typ 1551.72 1552.52 1553.33 1554.13 1554.94 1555.75 1556.55 1557.37 -

-

-

3.2

dB

Channel Isolation (Adjacent)

25

-

-

dB

Channel Isolation (Non-Adjacent)

35

-

-

dB

Return Loss

45

-

-

dB

Channel Wavelengths

Symbol

Min

λ

-0.05

Channel Passband (@0.5dB) Insertion Loss

Max

Unit

+0.05

nm

0.45

nm

Table 7-131 – DEMUX-8 Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

1.0

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

38

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 204 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.19 Optical Multiplexer (RMH07-MUX-8) The RMH07-MUX8 uses a passive optical multiplexer, which covers 8 wavelengths. It allows for combining of specific transmission wavelength at the transmitter end. The figure below identifies the location of all optical ports and the PIU format. The MUX-8 must be inserted in either slot 5 or 14 to be located by the RMH07 shelf controller (ASU). Model number/ Serial number

1551.72 input 1552.52 input

1553.33 input 1554.13 input

1555.75 input 1556.55 input

1557.36 input 1558.17 input

Mux output

Model Name

MUX8_PIU.VSD

Figure 83 – RMH07-MUX-8

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.19.1

Page 205 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-MUX-8 Specifications

The MUX-8 specifications are listed in tables below.

Table 7-132 – MUX-8 Optical Specification Parameters

0.22

Typ 1551.72 1552.52 1553.33 1554.13 1554.94 1555.75 1556.55 1557.37 -

-

-

3.2

dB

Channel Isolation (Adjacent)

25

-

-

dB

Channel Isolation (Non-Adjacent)

35

-

-

dB

Return Loss

45

-

-

dB

Channel Wavelengths

Symbol

Min

λ

-0.05

Channel Passband (@0.5dB) Insertion Loss

Max

Unit

+0.05

nm

-

nm

Table 7-133 – MUX-8 Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

1.0

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

38

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 206 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.20 Add/Drop Optical Multiplexer (RMH07-ADMUX-4) The RMH07-ADMUX-4 uses a passive optical multiplexer/demultiplexer, which covers 4 wavelengths. It allows for combining and dropping of specific transmission wavelengths. The figure below identifies the location of all optical ports and the PIU format. The ADMUX-4 must be inserted in either slot 5 or 14 to be located by the RMH07 shelf controller (ASU).

A-03164-1 R0 S/N XXX

Model Number / Serial Number

1552.52 IN 1552.52 OUT SIG OUT 1552.52

SIG IN 1552.52

SIG OUT 1554.13

SIG IN 1554.13

SIG OUT 1555.75

SIG IN 1555.75

SIG OUT 1557.36

SIG IN 1557.36

1554.13 IN 1554.13 OUT

1555.75 IN 1555.75 OUT

1557.36 IN 1557.36 OUT

SIG OUT SIG IN SIG IN

SIG OUT

RMH ADMUX-4

Model Name

Figure 84 – RMH07-ADMUX-4

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.20.1

Page 207 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

RMH07-ADMUX-4 Specifications

The ADMUX-4 specifications are listed in tables below.

Table 7-134 – ADMUX-4 Optical Specification Parameters

Channel Wavelengths

Symbol

Min

λ

-0.05

Typ 1552.52 1554.13 1555.75 1557.37

Max

Unit

+0.05

nm

Channel Passband (@0.5dB) Multiplexer

0.22

-

-

nm

Channel Passband (@0.5dB) Demultiplexer

0.22

-

0.45

nm

-

-

3.2

dB

Channel Isolation (Adjacent)

25

-

-

dB

Channel Isolation (Non-Adjacent)

35

-

-

dB

Return Loss

45

-

-

dB

Insertion Loss

Table 7-135 – ADMUX-4 Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

1.0

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

38

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 208 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.21 Optical Supervisory Unit Card (RMH07-OSU/xxxx) 7.21.1

Product Highlights

♦ OSC signal from either a 1574 or 1620 nm laser diode transmitter ♦ Two-tone OSC Fiber integrity monitoring protocol ♦ Hazard Level 1M source. Average power is limited to 10 dBm max under normal operation ♦ Microprocessor-based PIU ♦ Controls and monitors any Raman fiber lasers and PYxxF-series booster amplifiers provisioned in the subrack ♦ Powers and monitors the subrack’s three ECU modules

7.21.2

Control Parameters

The only control on the OSU unit is the Force Off command.

7.21.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored on the OSU unit and are displayed on the Craft Terminal MONITOR window: ♦ OSC No Tone, Tone 1 or Tone 2 confirmation ♦ OSU Rx power when detecting Tone 2 signal ♦ Laser diode power ♦ Laser diode temperature

7.21.4

Laser Transmitter Controlling Conditions

The RMH07-OSU contains one laser diode – the OSC transmitter. Conditions for turning on or off this laser diode are detailed in Table 7-136. The choice of modulation that is superimposed onto the OSC laser is independent of the laser diode on/off status. That is, an OSU may elect to transmit either Tone1 or Tone2 even if its laser is off. In either case, nothing will be produced until the laser is allowed to turn on.

Table 7-136 – Laser on/off control conditions for RMH07-OSU Laser status

Conditions

Laser is off

One of the following is true: Force Off is active ComGroup Disable Both of the following are true: Force Off is inactive ComGroup Enable

Laser is on

7.21.5

Hardware Description

The OSU (Optical Supervisory Unit) is a microprocessor-based PIU. The main function of the OSU is to verify the integrity of the Fiber optic link by passing an OSC (Optical Supervisory Channel) through the communication

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 209 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

system. The OSU is also responsible for the control of any Raman fiber lasers or PYxxF booster amplifiers in the subrack. Finally, the OSU powers and monitors the subrack’s three ECU modules. Listed below are important hardware functions implemented in the OSU card: ♦ 3 LED indicators (Operational, Faulted, OSC LOS) ♦ Dual primary power feed inputs, with inrush current limiting, circuit breaker, under/over voltage protection, discharge protection circuit, and DC/DC converter ♦ +5.5VDC output feed to the Environmental Control Units (ECUs)

The OSU is a full-height PIU. This card can be placed only in slots 19, 20 or 21 of the RMH07 subrack. The card is shown in Figure 86.

PD

FILTER/ LOGIC

1625nm

OSC LOS TONE1/2

OSC IN

OSC OUT

OLM Communication +5VDC

OPER (Green)

MCU

FAULT (RED) OSC LOS (YEL)

PWR SUPPLY Backplane Communication

ECU PWR -48VDC (A/B)

OSU_BLK.VSD

Figure 85 – OSU Block Diagram 7.21.6

Firmware Description

The OSU is responsible for determining receipt or Loss of the incoming OSC signal (OSC LOS) and for generating the OSC signal used for determining receipt or OSC LOS at the other end of the link. Each OSU is equipped with a laser diode, which is modulated with two distinguishable tones. This modulated signal is used to exchange information with another OSU located at the far end of a fiber optic link. When the two OSUs send each other the Tone 2 signal, it indicates that both system fibers are safe to use. In addition to providing the OSC controls, the OSU provides local power for all of the ECUs, and monitors their fault status. The OSU firmware is also responsible for the control and monitoring of any Raman fiber laser or PyxxF booster amplifier in the subrack. The OSU can work with a redundant/standby OSU or PCU so that all OSU functions can be maintained in the event of a failure of the working OSU. This redundancy provides higher system availability. The control algorithm is detailed in section 7.12.15.2.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Sept 9, 2009

A-03481-1 S/N 123

MODEL NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER

Page 210 of 238

OPER (GRN) FAULT (RED)

Pmxa: 80 mW λ: 1574-1620 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

CAUTION: HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

LOS (YELLOW)

OSC OUTPUT

OSC INPUT

MODEL NAME

RMH07OSU/1574

OLM A-02855-1 1574nm

RMH07-OSU_MECH.VSD

Figure 86 – RMH07-OSU/1574 Unit

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.21.7

Page 211 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

OSU Visual Indicators

The OSU has either three or four visual indicators, but in all cases only the first three are used. The first two are the PIU related indicators, and pertain only to the unit. The third one is an OSC link status indication. Figure 87 and Table 7-137 identify the visual indicators on the RMH07-OSU unit.

Table 7-137 – OSU Visual Indicators Color

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

Yellow

OSC LOS

This indicator is turned on whenever the OSC loop between two OSU units is not operating normally. The indicator is turned off only when the OSU receives a Tone 2 modulation signal.

PIU Operational PIU Fault OSC LOS

Normal Operation

PIU has faulted

OSC Loss abnormal OSU_LED.VSD

Figure 87 – LED indicators on the OSU

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.21.8

Page 212 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Alarms Generated by the OSU

The alarms generated by the RMH07-OSU unit are shown in Table 7-138. They are divided into four categories – Operational, PIU, OLM, and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator).

Table 7-138 – OSU Alarm Table Operational Alarm Definitions

Severity level

Fault indication

OSC Loss at OSC input port OSC Loss not confirmed by Standby OSU Loss of OSC at booster or co-pump OSC input monitor Communication failure with OLM sub-module Software fault I2C controller faulty Failure of ECU #1 Failure of ECU #2 Failure of ECU #3 Incompatible Working/Standby OSU paired

Major Major Critical Major Major Major Major Major Major Major

No YES No No No YES No No No YES

PIU Alarm Definitions

Severity level

Fault indication

Board temperature exceeds limits 5V supply exceeds limits 3.3V supply exceeds limits -5.2V supply exceeds limits

Major Major Major Major

OLM (laser transmitter module) Alarm Definitions

Severity level

Laser Diode current controller is overheating Thermistor control voltage is outside limits Laser Diode current is at maximum TEC current is at maximum Laser Diode temperature exceeds min/max limit Laser Diode temperature is above high alarm threshold Laser Diode temperature is below low alarm threshold Laser Diode case temperature exceeds min/max limit Laser Diode current is outside stability limits Laser Diode temperature is outside stability limits Laser Diode power is below minimum threshold TEC current exceeds its maximum threshold Case temperature exceeds high/low thresholds

CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL Major Major CRITICAL Major Major CRITICAL Major Major

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

No No No No Fault indication

YES YES No No No No No No No No No No No

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.21.9

Page 213 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory or calibration information missing or corrupted Cannot get ComGroup information from ASU Failure to initialize CPLD, OLM or motherboard Cannot access ASU to store provisioning data Laser diode has been Forced Off

Major Major CRITICAL Minor Minor

YES YES YES No No

OSU Specifications

The OSU specifications can be found in the tables below.

Table 7-139 – OSU Electrical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Maximum Voltage

-

-

-75.0

V

Operating Voltage

-40.0

-

-72.0

V

Turn on Voltage

-42.0

-

-44.0

V

Turn off Voltage

-37.5

-

-40.0

V

0.5

1

1.5

A

Current protection

2

3

4

A

Consumption

5

-

10

W

Inrush current (48V)

Table 7-140 – OSU Optical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Output Peak Power (BOL; EOL)

6.5

7

10

dBm

Center Wavelength (OSU/1574)

1574.34

1574.54

1574.74

nm

Center Wavelength (OSU/1620)

1619.5

1620.0

1620.5

nm

OSC Receiver Sensitivity (OSU-1574)

-80

-

-

dBm

OSC Receiver Sensitivity (OSU-1620)

-86

-

-

dBm

-

-

-40

dBm

OSC Receiver Overload

Comments

Table 7-141 – OSU Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

0.8

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 214 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Parameters

Symbol

Specification

Unit

Width

W

18

mm

Table 7-142 – OSU Optical Connectors and Labels Connector

Connector

Connector ID

Laser Safety

Function

Type

Label

Label

OSC Output

SC/UPC

OSC OUT CAUTION: HAZARD LEVEL 1M INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION DO NOT VIEW DIRECTLY WITH NON-ATTENUATING OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS Pmax: 80 mW λ:1574-1620 nm IEC 60825-2:2007

OSC Input

SC/UPC

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

OSC IN

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 215 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.22 Power Control Unit (RMH07-PCU) 7.22.1

Product Highlights

♦ Backs up the non-OSC-signal functions of the RMH07-OSU ♦ Monitors and controls any Raman fiber lasers and PYxxF booster amplifiers in the subrack ♦ Supplies power to the three ECUs in an RMH07 subrack ♦ Monitors the presence and fault status of the MLUs, SLUs, OSU and ECUs.

7.22.2

Control Parameters

N/A

7.22.3

Monitor Points

N/A

7.22.4

Laser Transmitter Controlling Conditions

N/A

7.22.5

Hardware Description

The PCU (Power Control Unit) is a microprocessor-based PIU. The main functions of the PCU are to monitor and control the operation of any Raman fiber lasers and PYxxF booster amplifiers in the subrack and to supply regulated voltage to the ECUs. Listed below are important hardware functions implemented in the PCU card: ♦ 2 LED indicators (Operational, Faulted) ♦ Dual primary power feed inputs, with inrush current limiting, circuit breaker, under/over voltage protection, discharge protection circuit, and DC/DC converter ♦ +5.5VDC output feed to the Environmental Control Unit (ECU)

The PCU is a full-height PIU. This card can be placed only in slots 19 to 21 of the RMH07 subrack.

7.22.6

Firmware Description

The PCU may be used to provide local power for all of the ECUs (fan unit), and monitor their fault status as well. Should the RMH07 subrack be populated with a Raman laser or a PYxxF booster amplifier, the PCU may be used to control the associated MLUs, SLUs and PLUs. In this case, the firmware functions to control their respective laser drive current in order to stabilize the output power of the Raman laser and/or booster amplifier. The firmware will also increase the xLU current(s) to compensate for a loss of an individual xLU laser source or degradation of an xLU laser output. The firmware is also fully redundant allowing a second (standby) OSU or PCU to take over control of the Raman laser and/or booster amplifier in case of a failure of the working unit.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

FPGA

I2C bus

I2C Controller

Sept 9, 2009

BUS

Backplane I/O

Page 216 of 238

PWR A PWR B

Power Supply

ECU Feed 5V

LEDs MCU

CAN bus RESET

RS-232

BD02194draft.VSD

Figure 88 – RMH07-PCU Block Diagram In controlling a Raman laser or PYxxF booster amplifier, the PCU has the following functions: o

Control of Raman laser or booster amplifier output power, settable from the CT

o

Monitor of Raman laser or booster amplifier output power, injected seed power and single-mode booster pump power and MLU, SLU and PLU operation from the CT

o

MLU, SLU and PLU connectivity tests at laser or booster turn-on or MLU, SLU and PLU insertion (automatic)

o

Allows live insertion of MLUs, SLUs and PLUs

o

Automatic Raman laser and booster amplifier output power adjustment on MLU failure, removal or insertion

o

In configurations with redundant SLUs or PLUs, automatic adjustment of SLU or PLU laser drive current to maintain constant seed power or single-mode booster pump power in the event of SLU or PLU failure, removal or insertion

In backing up the RMH07-OSU, the PCU has the following function: o

Monitor the RMH07-OSU for its operational status

o

Take over the non-OSC-signal functions of the working RMH07-OSU if the OSU is faulty

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 217 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Serial Number

Operating LED Fault LED

Model Number

PCU-PIU.VSD

Figure 89 – RMH07-PCU 7.22.7

PCU Visual Indicators

The PCU has either three or four visual indicators, but in all cases only the first three are used. The first two are the PIU related indicators, and pertain only to the unit. The third one is an OSC link status indication. Figure 90 and Table 7-143 identify the visual indicators on the RMH07-PCU unit.

Table 7-143 – RMH07-PCU Visual Indicators Color

PIU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The PIU has faulted. The unit can be reset through a Craft Terminal command. If this does not clear the fault, then the unit must be replaced.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 218 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

PIU Operational PIU Fault

Normal Operation

PIU has faulted PCU_LED.VSD

Figure 90 – LED indicators on the RMH07-PCU 7.22.8

Alarms Generated by the PCU

The alarms generated by the RMH07-PCU unit are shown in Table 7-144. They are divided into three categories – Operational, PIU, and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator).

Table 7-144 – RMH07-PCU Alarm Table Operational Alarm Definitions

Severity level

Software fault I2C controller faulty Failure of ECU #1 Failure of ECU #2 Failure of ECU #3

Major Major Major Major Major

PIU Alarm Definitions

Severity level

Board temperature exceeds limits 5V supply exceeds limits -5.2V supply exceeds limits

Major Major Major

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted Cannot get ComGroup information from ASU Cannot access ASU to store provisioning data

Major Major Minor

YES YES No

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Fault indication

No YES No No No

Fault indication

No No No

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.22.9

Page 219 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

PCU Specifications

The PCU specifications can be found in the tables below.

Table 7-145 – PCU Electrical Specification Parameters

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Maximum Voltage

-

-

-75.0

V

Operating Voltage

-40.0

-

-72.0

V

Turn on Voltage

-42.0

-

-44.0

V

Turn off Voltage

-37.5

-

-40.0

V

0.5

1

1.5

A

Current protection

2

3

4

A

Consumption

5

-

7

W

Inrush current (48V)

Table 7-146 – PCU Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

0.5

kg

Height

H

334

mm

Depth

D

226

mm

Width

W

18

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 220 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.23 Alarm Signalling Unit (RMH07-ASU) 7.23.1

Product Highlights

•

Standard control card for all RMH07 subrack configurations

•

Front-panel indication of subrack status, readable with door closed

•

Encompasses contact closures to indicate alarm status (as per Table 5-10 on Page 48).

•

Provides RS-232 connection to the Craft Terminal

7.23.2

Control Parameters

The following parameters are controllable from a Craft Terminal. •

Subrack clock setting for time of day and day of the week

7.23.3

Monitor Points

The following parameters are monitored on the ASU and are displayed on the Craft Terminal Monitor window: •

Presence indication of all other PIUs in the subrack

•

Fault indication for all other PIUs in the subrack

•

Reset lines for the intelligent PIUs

7.23.4

Laser Transmitter Controlling Conditions

Not applicable, as the RMH07-ASU does not contain a laser diode.

7.23.5

Hardware Description

The ASU (Alarm Supervisory Unit) is a microprocessor-based PIU. The principal function of the ASU is to control the RMH07 subrack’s interfaces with the external world, as well as with the other components of the RMH07. The ASU also monitors the health of all the PIUs in the subrack, by constantly querying them for alarm and operational status information. Listed below are the hardware functions implemented on the ASU card: ♦ LEDs to display subrack alarm status ♦ Contact closures to indicate alarm status ♦ Optically isolated external electrical inputs ♦ RS-232 serial data interface to Craft Terminal ♦ Board indication lines for all backplane units ♦ Board fault lines for all backplane units ♦ Reset lines to the intelligent PIUs ♦ Subrack input power monitoring ♦ Front Panel Reset Access ♦ Front Panel LED test (Lamp Test) MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 221 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The ASU is a full-size PIU. This card has one reserved location in the RMH07 subrack, which is Slot 23, the rightmost slot in the subrack. Figure 92 represents the physical appearance of the ASU card.

PIU in

Alarm Contacts RMH-ASU

PIU fault

RS-232

PIU reset

Figure 91 – ASU functional interfaces

Serial Number

PIU Operational LED

PIU Fault LED Critical Alarm LED Major ALarm LED Minor Alarm LED Left Laser On/Off Right Laser On/Off Self Operation LED

Lamp Test Button System Reset Button

Model Number

ASU PIU.VSD

Figure 92 – RMH07-ASU Card MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.23.6

Page 222 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Firmware Description

The ASU acts as the intermediary between the Craft Terminal (CT) and the other PIUs. The ASU converts the Craft Terminal messages from the external RS-232 line to/from CAN backplane messages. The ASU constantly monitors the PIUs in the RMH07 subrack for alarm information. On the basis of the alarm summary thus acquired, the ASU adjusts its LEDs and commutes the relay’s contact closures to inform the operator (or the station’s alarm system) of equipment alarms. The ASU also informs the Craft Terminal and/or the EMS of the current alarm situation when it is prompted. The ASU is also responsible for the monitoring of the primary power feed of the RMH07 subrack. This is done by monitoring two isolated inputs from the –48V supplies. Access to the non-intelligent PIUs (ECUs, backplane, etc) is made by the ASU through an I2C bus. The information available is the hardware model and revision level, and some configuration parameters. Reading inventory information through the I2C bus also provides a second positive acknowledgement of the presence of a non-intelligent PIU (in addition to their board insert line).

7.23.7

ASU Visual Indicators

The ASU has eight visual indicators. The first two are located on the upper portion of the unit and are visible only when the subrack’s door is opened. These are the PIU-related indicators, and pertain only to the ASU card. The other six indicators are installed near the middle of the unit and remain visible through openings when the RMH07 subrack’s door is closed. These are not ASU indicators, but rather subrack level indicators. Table 7-147 identifies all of the visual indicators on the RMH07-ASU unit. They are illustrated in Figure 93. Pressing on the lamp test button identified in Figure 92 will illuminate all subrack-related LEDs (the rectangular ones), to ensure that they are actually operational.

Table 7-147 – RMH07-ASU Visual Indicators Color

ASU indicator

Cause for turning on

Green

PIU Operational

The ASU PIU is operating normally. This indicator blinks once per second.

Red

PIU Fault

The ASU PIU has faulted. Since there are no optical elements on this card, the presence of a PIU FAULT generally indicates a configuration problem or a software fault. The unit can be reset either through a Craft Terminal command or through the recessed, front access reset button on the ASU itself.

Red

CRITICAL

There are one or more CRITICAL level alarms currently active in the RMH07 subrack.

Red

MAJOR

There are one or more MAJOR level alarms currently active in the RMH07 subrack.

Red

MINOR

There are one or more MINOR level alarms currently active in the RMH07 subrack.

Yellow

Left HPU state

Provide indication status on left High Power Unit

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 223 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Color

ASU indicator

Cause for turning on

Yellow

Right HPU state

Provide indication status on right High Power Unit

Green

Subrack Operational

This indicator should always be on. It indicates that the units within the subrack are operating as expected. This does not mean that there are no alarms (e.g. a LOS).

PIU Operational PIU Fault

Normal Operation

PIU has faulted

Critical Alarm Major Alarm Minor Alarm Left Laser ON Right Laser ON Subrack Operational Normal Operation

Critical Alarm

Major Alarm

Minor Alarm

ASU_LED.VSD

Figure 93 – ASU Visual Alarm Indication The ASU reports summary information about subrack alarms and the High Power Unit (P24F, RFL, SRP, CRP, PY) status. The alarm LED indicators simply turn on according to the current alarms severity status. The HPU state indicators, also called “Laser ON” on the figure above, have the following coding status.

Table 7-148 – High Power Unit (HPU) LED status Laser On

LED On 0.97 sec, LED Off 0.03 sec.

Laser Mute

LED On 0.25 sec, LED Off 0.75 sec.

Laser Shutdown or Operator Force OFF

LED On 1.0 sec, LED Off 1.0 sec.

Fault

LED On solid

7.23.8

Alarms Generated by the ASU

The following alarms can be generated by the RMH07-ASU unit. They are divided into three categories: Operational, Power, and Configuration alarms. Next to each alarm is an indication of the alarm’s assigned severity (Critical, Major or Minor), and whether the alarm also causes the unit to indicate an internal failure (when it does, it turns on its red LED indicator). MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 224 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Table 7-149 – RMH07-ASU Alarm Table Operational Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Software fault One or more PIU is not responding to ASU I2C controller faulty

Major Minor Major

No No YES

Power Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Power Feed A is missing or faulty Power Feed B is missing or faulty

Major Major

No No

Configuration Alarms Definition

Severity level

Fault indication

Inventory information missing or corrupted

Minor

No

Missing or incorrect ComGroup definition

CRITICAL

No

ASU cannot recognize subrack type

CRITICAL

No

ECU #1 inventory data is missing or corrupted

Minor

No

ECU #2 inventory data is missing or corrupted

Minor

No

ECU #3 inventory data is missing or corrupted

Minor

No

Backplane inventory data is missing or corrupted

Minor

No

Missing or incorrect system configuration data

Minor

No

One or more PIU are missing from expected provisioning data

Minor

No

One or more PIU are in the wrong position from expected provisioning data

Minor

No

One or more PIU present are not in the subrack’s provisioning data

Minor

No

Missing or incorrect User provisioning data

Major

No

Cannot read PIU specific provisioning data

Minor

No

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.23.9

Page 225 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

ASU Specifications

The ASU specifications can be found in the tables below.

Table 7-150 – ASU Electrical Specification Parameters Maximum Voltage Operating Voltage range Turn on Voltage Turn off Voltage Inrush current Current protection Consumption

Min -40.0 -42.0 -38.0 2.4 4.5

Typ 1.3 5.0 -

Max -75.0 -72.0 -44.0 -40.0 2.0 5.5 5.0

Unit V V V V A A W

Logic high input voltage (I = 10mA @ 60V)

40

-

60

V

Logic low input voltage

0

-

10

V

Digital Output

Maximum switching power (resistive load)

-

-

30

W

(contact relay)

Maximum switching current (at 30 VDC)

-

-

1

A

Maximum switching voltage AC (at 0.5 A)

-

-

42

V pk

Maximum switching voltage (at 0.3 A)

-

-

60

VDC

Digital Input (opto-isolated)

Table 7-151 – ASU Physical Specification Parameters

Specification

Unit

Weight

0.5

kg

Height

334

mm

Depth

226

mm

Width

18

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 226 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.24 Environmental Control Unit (RMH07-ECU) 7.24.1

Highlights

♦ Redundant fans ♦ Over-current monitor circuit ♦ Alarm output signals for each fan ♦ Embedded remote inventory information

7.24.2

Monitor Points

ECU fault message via OSU/PCU card on Craft Terminal and EMS software

7.24.3

Hardware Description

The ECU provides forced air cooling for the RMH07 equipment subrack. There can be up to three ECUs in the RMH07 subrack. Adjacent ECUs provide redundancy in case of failure of one unit. Each ECU is equipped with two fans; in case one of the fans fails, the remaining fan will provide sufficient cooling for the worst case operating temperature. Each ECU assembly incorporates the following functions: ♦ Two fans of 110 CFM each ♦ Voltage regulator to provide constant fan speed ♦ Over-current monitor circuit to detect fan break or fan stop condition ♦ Alarm output signals for each fan to the backplane ♦ I2C memory identifier for remote inventory and presence indication ♦ Digital output signal for presence indication ♦ A pair of LEDs to indicate front or rear fan failure Figure 94 represents the ECU unit. Front fan Fault LED Rear fan Fault LED

ECU_PIU.VSD

Figure 94 – Environmental Control Unit (ECU)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.24.4

Page 227 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

ECU Specification Table 7-152 – ECU Electrical Specification Type

Power

Item

Voltage range

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

4.5

5.5

6.5

V

Inrush current

A

Current protection

A

Consumption

12

-

15

W

Table 7-153 – ECU Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Specification

Unit

Weight

1.4

kg

Air Flow

220

CFM

Height

H

60

mm

Depth

D

258

mm

Width

W

147

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 228 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

7.25 Power Line Filter (RMH07-PLF) 7.25.1

Highlights

♦ Protected architecture allows one unit to be removed while the other powers the subrack ♦ Meets or exceeds telecom standard for conducted emission suppression

CAUTION WHEN HANDLING A POWER LINE FILTER, YOU WILL BE MAKING / BREAKING A POWER CONNECTION TO THE STATION’S POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. MAKE SURE THAT LOCAL SAFETY RULES ARE OBSERVED. DISCONNECT POWER TO THE PLF UNIT THAT YOU WILL BE HANDLING.

CAUTION HANDLING THE PLF WITHOUT TURNING OFF ITS ASSOCIATED POWER FEED MAY CAUSE INJURIES OR DAMAGE THE POWER FEED EQUIPMENT AND CABLES.

7.25.2

Hardware Description

The primary function of the Power Line Filter (PLF) is to limit the conducted electromagnetic emissions from the RMH07 electronics into its power feed cables. The PLF also protects the RMH07 equipment from EM emissions of adjacent equipment, which may share the same power distribution. The PLF is located at the base of the RMH07 subrack and connects directly to the backplane. There is one PLF for each power feed A and B. The PLF is shown in Figure 95. The electrical connection for the filter is shown in Figure 21 on Page 45.

PLF_PIU.VSD

Figure 95 – Power Line Filter (PLF)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

7.25.3

Page 229 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

PLF Specification Table 7-154 – PLF Electrical Specification Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Voltage (AC or DC)

-

-

250

V

Current (AC or DC)

-

-

8

A

Type

Power

Item

Table 7-155 – PLF Physical Specification Parameters

Symbol

Weight

Specification

Unit

0.4

kg

Height

H

34

mm

Depth

D

130

mm

Width

W

90

mm

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

8

Page 230 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Glossary & Acronyms Name

Description / Explanation

AIS ALS

Alarm Indication Signal Automatic Laser Shutdown. The process that causes lasers to be turned off when the operating conditions are unsafe. This is being replaced by APR. Automatic Power Reduction. This is a more general implementation of the old ALS. When operating conditions become unsafe, optical transmitters are expected to reduce (but not necessarily turn off) their optical power levels to safe values. Amplified Spontaneous Emission. Optical amplifiers produce optical “noise” – spontaneous emission which is amplified within the amplifier and arrives at the amplifier output along with the amplified signal. Alarm Signalling Unit. An RMH07 PIU that provides subrack management access and alarm information to external interfaces. Beginning Of Life. Refers to a system’s operating parameters at the beginning of its life, normally at installation time. Also know as SOL (Start Of Life). Optical amplifier that is used to “boost” – or amplify to a high or moderately high power level – an input signal. The Booster is always a post-amplifier, used at the transmitting end of a system where the output power will be high. A shared serial communication standard used between the PIUs in the RMH subrack. Trademark of BOSCH corporation. Communications Group. A logical grouping of units that make up a single communication system. Craft Terminal. A computer program that allows the operator to monitor one – and only one – network element. It is sometimes used to indicate the physical computer where this program is installed. Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing. Equipment Craft Terminal. Same as CT, but usually refers to the physical computer. Environmental Control Unit. A User replaceable RMH unit that holds two cooling fans. There are up to three ECUs per RMH subrack. Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier. Optical amplifier that amplifies optical signals in the 1550-nm range through the use of specialty Fiber doped with the Erbium rare-earth element. Erbium:Ytterbium Doped Fiber Amplifier. Optical amplifier that amplifies optical signals in the 1550-nm range through the use of specialty fiber codoped with the Erbium and Ytterbium (rare-earth elements). Element Management System. A computer program that allows the operator to monitor several telecommunications elements at once. End Of Life. Refers to a system’s operating parameters at the end of its useful life. This normally takes into account equipment ageing and all the repair degradations that have occurred to it. Error Second. Number of seconds within the measuring interval where there were one or more errors, but not enough to count as a SES.

APR

ASE

ASU BOL

Booster

CAN bus ComGroup CT

DWDM ECT ECU EDFA

EYDFA

EMS EOL

ES

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 231 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Name

Description / Explanation

ESD

Electro-Static Discharge. Also used to indicate devices that are sensitive and that can be damaged by electro-static discharges, as in “ESD sensitive”. Error Second Ratio. Ratio of ES seconds to non-ES seconds within the measuring interval. Ethernet Serial Server. A device that has one Ethernet port on one side and several serial lines on the other side. European Telecom Standards Institute. An organization that maintains European standards for telecommunications equipment. Factory Acceptance Test / Field Acceptance Test or Testing. A test procedure for the equipment to be carried out either at the factory or in the field. The text must clarify which of the two meanings is intended. Forward Error Correction. A numerical means of detecting and correcting transmission errors. It is an expanded version of parity checking. Fiber Integrity Monitor Three wire serial communications protocol for integrated devices. Trademark of Phillips corporation. International Telecommunications Union. International standards body that issues and maintains recommendations about telecom systems. Local Craft Terminal. Same as CT, but usually refers to the physical computer. The adjective ”local” emphasizes that the computer is located with the equipment being monitored. Light Emitting Diode. Used as a visual indicator. Loss Of Frame. An alarm condition used on some SDH units. It indicates a loss of synchronization with an incoming data signal’s structured frame. Loss Of Lock. An alarm condition used on some PIUs. This indicates a loss of synchronization with an incoming data signal. It can be related either to bit synchronization or to frame synchronization. Loss Of Signal. An alarm condition used on several PIUs. In general, the LOS is declared based on an optical power level. Maximum Permissible Exposure (in regards to laser radiation) Optical Laser Module. Optical module used on the OSU and on the OTM unit that contains a laser diode. Out Of Band. This refers to a FEC coding method that adds error correction digits outside of the original signal’s envelope. It also means that 100% of the original signal can be transmitted with the FEC benefits, and that the line rate will be increased above the nominal input signal’s rate. Optical Supervisory Channel Optical Supervisory Unit. An RMH07 PIU that has an OSC transmitter/receiver pair. Plug-In Unit. A User replaceable module in a RMH07 subrack. It may also contain an optical module. Power Line Filter. A User replaceable module on the RMH07 Subracks. It provides electrical power feed EMI/EMC filtering. Pre-amplifier. An optical amplifier designed for use with very small signals, and with a very-low noise figure characteristic.

ESR ESS ETSI FAT

FEC FIM I2C ITU / ITU-T LCT

LED LOF LOL

LOS MPE OLM OOB

OSC OSU PIU PLF Preamp

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 232 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

Name

Description / Explanation

PPP PYCU

Point to Point Protocol. A protocol for one-to-one serial communications. Er:Yb power amplifier Combiner Unit. A PIU containing the passive fiber components of the Er:Yb booster amplifier, the coupling optics for combining the OSC Tx signal and the monitor tap couplers. Also includes the PMU PCB with the monitor photodiodes. Repair & Aging Raman Converter Unit. A PIU containing the passive fiber components of the Raman laser, the coupling optics for extracting the OSC Rx signal and the monitor tap couplers. Also includes the RMU PCB with the monitor photodiodes. Remote Element Management. An MPBC product that provides transmission equipment management facilities from a remote location. Raman Fiber Laser Remotely Optically Pumped Amplifier A serial data transfer method using unbalanced transmission. The minimal configuration used 3-wires (transmit, receive and reference point). Some applications require additional flow control lines (e.g. RTS, CTS, etc). A serial data transfer method over balanced twisted pairs. This uses a minimum of four wires, and can include clocks for synchronous applications. Electrically similar to V.11. Synchronous Digital Hierarchy Severely Error Second. Number of seconds within the measuring interval where the error rate was severe (usually worse that 1x10-6). Severely Error Second Ratio. Ratio of SES seconds to non-SES seconds within the measuring interval. Start Of Life. See BOL. Bi-directional wavelength conversion device. One side has 1310 nm shorthaul interfaces, the other has 1550 nm long-haul interfaces. Tributary. Refers to the interface side of the Transponder that connects to the Terminal, as opposed to the interfaces that connect towards the external cable. Telecommunications Transport Equipment. Supervisory and routing equipment for the network. Un-Available Seconds. Number of seconds when the system’s transmission is considered unusable. Each UAS event must last for at least 10 seconds. Otherwise, the seconds are simply counted as SES. A serial data transfer method over balanced twisted pairs. See also RS-422.

R&A RCU

REM RFL ROPA RS-232

RS-422

SDH SES SESR SOL Transponder Trib

TTE UAS

V.11

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 233 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

9 Environmental Specification 9.1 Climatic Specification The RMH07 is intended for indoor use as per Telcordia GR-63-CORE. The table below lists the temperature and humidity specifications. In the table, short tem is defined as a period of less than 96 consecutive hours and a total of no more than 15 days per year. This refers to a total of 360 hours per year, with short-term periods occurring no more than 15 times per year. Conditions Non-operating: temperature Operating: Constant-use temperature Operating: Short-term temperature Operating: Altitude Operating: Constant-use relative humidity Operating: Short-term relative humidity

Specification -40 °C to +70 °C +5 °C to +40 °C -5 °C to 55 °C 6000 ft @ 55°C, 13000 @ 40°C 5 % to 85 % 5 % to 95 % non-condensing humidity

9.2 Mechanical Resistance Specification Conditions Non-operating: package shock Non-operating: package random vibration Non-operating: package free fall Operating: vibration sinusoidal Operating: vibration random Operating: shock

Specification 180 m/s2 1.0 m2/s3 1.0 m (circuit card), 0.5 m (shelf) 0.1 g 0.02 m2/s3 30 m/s2

9.3 EMC Specification Conditions Radiated emission Conducted emission ESD immunity Radiated immunity EFT immunity Surge immunity Conducted immunity Magnetic immunity

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Specification Class A Class A 8 kV contact, 15 kV air 10 V/m 1 kV 0.5 kV on DC port, 1.5 kV on I/O port (as per GR-1089) 3V 3 A/m

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 234 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

10 Product Compliance The following standards apply to the products described in this manual.

10.1 Environmental Standards Designation CISPR 22:1997 / EN 55022:1998 / AS/NZ3548 / ICES003 IEC 61000-4-2:2001 IEC 61000-4-3:2006 IEC 61000-4-4:2004 IEC 61000-4-5:2005 IEC 61000-4-6:2006 IEC 61000-4-8:2001 ETS 300-019-2-1:2000-09

ETS 300-019-2-2:1999-09

ETS 300-019-2-3:2003-04

ETS 300-132-2:2007-05

ETS 300-386:2007-04

GR-1089-CORE Issue 4, June 2006 GR-63-CORE Issue 3, March 2006

Title Information technology equipment - Radio disturbance characteristics Limits and methods of measurement Electrostatic discharge immunity test Radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field immunity test Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test Surge immunity test – Testing and Measurement Techniques Immunity to conducted disturbance, induced by radio-frequency fields Power frequency magnetic field immunity test Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment Part 2-1: Specification of environmental test Storage, ETSI Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment Part 2-2: Specification of environmental test Transportation, ETSI Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment Part 2-3: Specification of environmental test Stationary use at weather protected locations, ETSI Equipment Engineering (EE); Power supply interface at the input to telecommunications equipment; Part 2: Operated by direct current (DC), ETSI Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters ERM); Telecommunication network equipment; Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) requirements, ETSI Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrical Safety – Generic Criteria for Network Telecommunications Equipment, Telcordia Network Equipment – Building System (NEBS) Requirements: Physical Protection, Telcordia

10.2 Safety Standards Designation CSA 60950-1-03 / UL 60950-1 1st Ed. IEC-60825-1 Second Edition, 2007-03

IEC-60825-2 Edition 3.1, 2007-01

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Title Safety of Information Technology Equipment Safety of Laser Products – Part 1: Equipment Classification and Requirements Safety of Laser Products – Part 2: Safety of Optical Fiber Communication Systems (OFCS)

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 235 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

11 RoHS 11.1 Introduction The European Union’s (EU) Directive 2002/95/EC restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) entering the market from July 1, 2006 onwards. The restricted substances and their allowed limits are detailed in the table below. Material

Limit

Lead (Pb)

0.1% by weight

Mercury (Hg)

0.1% by weight

Hexavalent Chromium

0.1% by weight

Polybrominated Byphenyls (PBB)

0.1% by weight

Polybrominated Diphenyl Ethers (PBDE)

0.1% by weight

Cadmium (Cd)

0.01% by weight

The Directive also details a series of exemptions, some relating to particular applications of one of the hazardous substances (e.g. lead in electronic ceramic parts, lead in optical glass) and others to particular applications of the EEE as a whole (e.g. lead in solders for telecommunications network infrastructure equipment). This document details MPB Communications Inc.’s position regarding compliance of its telecommunications equipment with the RoHS directive.

11.2 Relevant Exemptions Designated in the RoHS Directive Given the high reliability standards demanded for telecommunications network equipment and the current status of industry efforts to develop and thoroughly test the reliability of alternatives to lead/tin solder, MPB Communications Inc. will be exercising the exemption granted under the RoHS Directive allowing the use of: lead in solders for telecommunications network infrastructure equipment The exercise of this application-specific exemption covers the continued use of lead/tin solder on the various PCBs used in MPBC’s telecommunications equipment. In addition, MPBC has to date identified two individual components whose continued use relies on the exercise of the lead-in-solder exemption: •

the 14xx nm single-mode laser diodes used on MPBC’s SLU and PLU circuit cards

•

the 15xx.xx nm DFB laser diodes used in MPBC’s OTM-16 transponder

In both of these families of laser diodes, lead/tin solder is used to solder the laser diode chip to the submount inside the butterfly package. The Directive also provides for a number of broad-application exemptions (i.e. not limited to telecommunications equipment). Of these, the exemptions which are (or maybe) relevant for MPBC’s telecommunications equipment allow the use of: lead in electronic ceramic parts (e.g. capacitors, integrated circuit packages, piezoelectronic devices) lead in optical glasses cadmium in the plating of electrical contacts MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 236 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

deca brominated diphenyl ether (Deca BDE) used as a flame retardant in polymers The internal coupling lens in the 14xx nm single-mode laser diodes mentioned above contains lead in excess of 0.1% by weight, but this fact does not affect the compliance status of the laser diodes owing to the lead-inoptical-glass exemption. The only other components identified to date whose continued use relies on one of the broad-application exemptions are the optical isolators and circulators used in MPBC’s EDFAs, EYDFAs and all Raman, Super Raman and ROPA pump sources. The Faraday rotator crystals in these devices contain lead in excess of 0.1% by weight (0.5%). The manufacturer (Gran Opto, a joint venture of Mitsubishi and Sumitomo Metals & Mining) of the raw Faraday rotator material used by almost all component manufacturers has applied to the EU for an explicitly specific exemption and a decision by the EU is expected in the very near future. However, MPBC feels that these components are already compliant with the RoHS directive under the lead-in-optical-glass exemption. The only source found to date of raw material with less than 0.1% lead (Integrated Photonics Inc.) currently has a very limited customer base, making the availability of fully qualified components very questionable.

11.3 MPBC Telecommunications Equipment RoHS Compliance Position and Policy MPBC’s telecommunications products delivered after June 30, 2006 under ‘new product’ customer orders will be compliant with the RoHS Directive with the exercising of the lead-in-solder exemption for telecommunications equipment and one or more of the above-mentioned broad-application exemptions. The designation ‘new product’ customer orders refers to all equipment orders except orders for replacement parts for systems delivered prior to July 1, 2006, since the latter are exempted under the RoHS Directive. MPBC has been and continues to be (in the case of any new components considered for inclusion in its products) very diligent in obtaining materials and component RoHS compliance declarations from all suppliers. These declarations are being kept on file in a form suitable for audit. MPBC has also instituted a strict quarantine/segregation procedure with regard to existing inventory of nonRoHS-compliant materials, components and finished goods to ensure that no such items can make their way into ‘new product’ deliveries after July 1, 2006. It shall be MPBC’s goal to continue to reduce the number of components whose use relies on these exemptions as soon as substitute components with proven reliability become available.

11.4 China This table shows where hazardous substances may be found in the supply chain of MPBC electronic information products, as of the date of sale of the enclosed product. Note that some of the component types listed below may or may not be a part of the enclosed product. (Hazardous Substance)

Parts (Pb)

(Hg)

(Cd)

(Cr6+)

(PBB)

(PBDE)

Metal parts

O

O

O

X

O

O

Circuit modules

X

O

O

O

X

X

Cable and cable assemblies

X

O

X

X

O

O

Plastic and polymeric parts

O

O

O

O

O

X

O: Indicates that the concentration of the hazardous substance in all homogeneous materials in the parts is below the relevant threshold of the SJ/T-11363-2006 standard. X: Indicates that the concentration of the hazardous substance of at least one of all homogeneous materials in the parts might exceed the relevant threshold of the SJ/T-11363-2006 standard. MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

Page 237 of 238 Sept 9, 2009

The Environmentally Friendly Use Period (EFUP) for all enclosed products and their parts are per the symbol shown here, unless otherwise marked. The Environmentally Friendly Use Period is valid only when the product is operated under the conditions defined in the product manual.

12 WEEE In compliance with the European Directive 2002/96/EC WEEE, all RMH07 products at their end of life, shall be returned to MPBC as per standard Return Material Authorization (RMA) process. The RMA shall specify that the product is returned for end of life reason. Equipment that is returned to MPBC through this process is disposed of in an environmentally safe manner using processes that comply with the WEEE (EU Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) regulations and Canadian environmental law at all levels of government.

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

MPB Communications Inc. RMH07 Series Technical Manual MPBC Doc. Number: DOC-03626 Rev.9

13 Alarm Cable (W-01515)

MPB Communications Inc. © 2009

Page 238 of 238 Sept 9, 2009